TM 9-1005-245-13&P (Mounts)
TM 9-1005-245-13&P (Mounts)
TM 9-1005-245-13&P (Mounts)
TECHNICAL MANUAL
Marine Corps requests for this document must be referred to Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARE-B),
Washington D.C. 20380-0001.
Air Force requests for this document shall be referred to WR-ALC/LKC, Robins AFB, GA 31098-1640.
DISTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or
reconstruction of this document.
APRIL 2005
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
WARNING SUMMARY
It is essential that operational procedures for the machine gun be followed before installing on a mount.
Dangerous procedures such as mounting, dismounting, cleaning, repairing, or operating a machine gun
on a mount without first having knowledge of the operation on the machine gun and all safety precautions
to be followed could result in injury or death of personnel. DO NOT attempt to mount, dismount, inspect,
or repair a mounted machine gun without first clearing the machine gun chamber and feed-ways of
ammunition.
Case is under spring tension. To avoid injury to personnel, do NOT release wrench until tension has
been complete relieved from spring.
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Cleaning solvent is FLAMMABLE and TOXIC and must be kept away from open flames and used in a
well-ventilated area. Use of rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin when washing weapons parts.
The canvas cover above the driver and passenger seats of any vehicle should always be in place when
firing.
Firing on the move is not permitted from the M998 HMMWV (Cargo/Troop Carrier).
Ground personnel should not be within 10 meters of any HMMWV carrier when firing.
Firing on the move is restricted to 5 miles per hour cross-country and 10 miles per hour on improved
roads when mounted on M1025 and M1026 HMMWV’s (Armament Carriers).
Firing on the move from HMMWV/M113/M88A1/M106 or other vehicles is restricted to not more than 5
miles per hour on rough roads, trails or cross-country. Fire on the move shall not exceed 10 miles per
hour for all conditions.
The MK19 shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles except when travel lock is
engaged.
If it is necessary to disassemble the carriage from the cradle, reassemble exactly as shown. Reversing
the relative positions of the carriage and cradle will prevent proper elevation of the assembly, creating
serious hazard when firing high explosive ammunition.
When the train stop is used to control left and right traverse limits, check the machine guns left and right
firing limit each time the gun is removed and reinstalled at that firing position. Firing beyond restricted
limits can cause death, injury, or equipment damage.
A two-man lift is required for each M548 ammunition container that exceeds 50 pounds (22.68 kg) in
weight.
Install soft-top when firing the MK19GMG. Visually inspect AET collar bolts. (M998T vehicle only.)
The plain hexagon nut and hexagon head machine bolt (also called the depression stop) must be in place
when firing the MK19 MOD 3 for training. If the plain hexagon nut and hexagon head machine bolt are
not installed, the weapon can be depressed below the safety limit of 200 meters elevation, thus
endangering personnel.
a
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
Assistant gunner must clear spent cartridge casings from under tripod when firing M240B machine gun to
prevent build-up that will eventually cause spin-back stoppages.
Spin-back stoppages may occur when firing blank ammunition from M240B machine gun.
Mounted machine gun may travel in a ready loaded position only when a gunner is present to
control/operate weapon, or as direct by commanding officer/NCO.
When firing from the M998 and/or M1025 family of vehicles, the pintle (WP 0009 00) will be properly
secured to the M197 machine gun mount. When firing from M1025 family of vehicles with the M240B
machine gun, the deflector plate will be installed on the ammunition adapter. When not in use the
weapon will be secured with the travel lock.
All personnel within 20 meters of a weapon firing shall wear approved single hearing protection devices.
Ground personnel should not be within 10 meters of any vehicle when firing.
Firing on the move is not permitted from the M998 HMMWV (Cargo/Troop Carrier) (M240B only).
Firing on the move is restricted to cross-country and off road speeds no greater than 8 kph (5 mph) and
improved road speeds no greater than 16 kph (10 mph). Depending on terrain, possibility exists for
weapon operator to lose their balance and fall from the vehicle. Weapon operator shall insure no
O
personnel are in an area 90 left/right of the weapon line-of-fire/firing fan. Target, target surface, angle of
fire, and firing distance should be selected to minimize possibility of ricochet back toward personnel.
Ammunition containers should be removed during stowed transit. Vehicle vibration can cause
containers/bandoleers to break/fall into vehicle.
When in stowed position, the M249 will be limited to a cumulative 4830 km (3000) miles or cross-country
travel to avoid damage to the weapon. Weapons and mount shall be inspected after every 1000 rounds
of firing and every day of driving.
If it is necessary to disassemble the carriage from the cradle, reassemble exactly as shown in WP 0089 00.
Reversing the relative positions of the carriage from the cradle will prevent proper elevation of the
assembly, creating serious hazard when firing high explosive ammunition.
All personnel within 310 meters of impact area must wear a helmet and body armor. All personnel within
20 meters shall also wear eye protection and single hearing protection. Sleeves shall be rolled down and
gloves worn.
Use the depression stop on the carriage and cradle assembly to prevent accidental muzzle depression.
Weapons shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles, except when travel lock is
engaged. If weapon is not manned in a turret, the ring must be locked forward, the travel lock must be
attached, and all adjustment screw must be tightened.
b
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
Catch bag must be used when firing from a vehicle ring to prevent injury to driver/passengers.
Empty catch bag frequently during firing. If bag becomes too full, spent cases can jam the weapon
causing stoppage or out-of-battery firing.
Install soft-top when firing MK 19. Visually inspect AET collar bolts. (M998T vehicle only)
M2 machine gun, MK 19 GMG and M558 ammunition containers require a two-man lift.
Firing the MK 19 GMG over open hatches is prohibited. Keep weapon pointed in a safe direction. Never
stand in front of muzzle. Be sure line-of-fire is clear of objects.
The pedestal should be kept low in height adjustment (one hole exposed) when firing the MK 19 GMG.
Stoppages can occur in the higher positions, especially in cold temperatures. Movement of the pedestal
during recoil interferes with the recoil action of the MK 19. The M2 has also shown this problem in cold
temperatures.
The depression stop (plain hexagon nut and hexagon head machine bolt) must be in place when firing the
MK 19 GMG. If the depression stop are not installed the weapon can be depressed below the safety limit
of 200 meters elevation, thus endangering personnel.
Cleaning solvent is FLAMMABLE and TOXIC and must be kept away from open flames and used in a
well-ventilated area. Use of rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin when washing weapons parts.
The operator must ensure the legs of the tripod are securely emplaced in the ground, with or without
sandbags, prior to and during firing.
When firing without sandbags, the gunner must expect the tripod’s front leg to lift slightly from emplaced
position.
The use of this mount configuration is not authorized for overhead fire training without application of
modification required in accordance with SOUM 04-007. Death or serious injury can occur. Contact
TRADOC for further information.
c/d blank
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
NOTE: A vertical line in the outer margins of the page indicates the portion of text affected by a change.
Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No.
a-b 0 WP0042 00 0 WP0086 00 0
A-B 0 WP0043 00 0 WP0087 00 0
i-vi 0 WP0044 00 0 WP0088 00 0
WP0001 00 0 WP0045 00 0 WP0089 00 0
WP0002 00 0 WP0046 00 0 WP0090 00 0
WP0003 00 0 WP0047 00 0 WP0091 00 0
WP0004 00 0 WP0048 00 0 WP0092 00 0
WP0005 00 0 WP0049 00 0 WP0093 00 0
WP0006 00 0 WP0050 00 0 WP0094 00 0
WP0007 00 0 WP0051 00 0 WP0095 00 0
WP0008 00 0 WP0052 00 0 WP0096 00 0
WP0009 00 0 WP0053 00 0 WP0097 00 0
WP0010 00 0 WP0054 00 0 WP0098 00 0
WP0011 00 0 WP0055 00 0 WP0099 00 0
WP0012 00 0 WP0056 00 0 WP0100 00 0
WP0013 00 0 WP0057 00 0 WP0101 00 0
WP0014 00 0 WP0058 00 0 WP0102 00 0
WP0015 00 0 WP0059 00 0 WP0103 00 0
WP0016 00 0 WP0060 00 0 WP0104 00 0
WP0017 00 0 WP0061 00 0 WP0105 00 0
WP0018 00 0 WP0062 00 0 WP0106 00 0
WP0019 00 0 WP0063 00 0 WP0107 00 0
WP0020 00 0 WP0064 00 0 WP0108 00 0
WP0021 00 0 WP0065 00 0 WP0109 00 0
WP0022 00 0 WP0066 00 0 WP0110 00 0
WP0023 00 0 WP0067 00 0 WP0111 00 0
WP0024 00 0 WP0068 00 0 WP0112 00 0
WP0025 00 0 WP0069 00 0 WP0113 00 0
WP0026 00 0 WP0070 00 0 WP0114 00 0
WP0027 00 0 WP0071 00 0 WP0115 00 0
WP0028 00 0 WP0072 00 0 WP0116 00 0
WP0029 00 0 WP0073 00 0 WP0117 00 0
WP0030 00 0 WP0074 00 0 WP0118 00 0
WP0031 00 0 WP0075 00 0 WP0119 00 0
WP0032 00 0 WP0076 00 0 WP0120 00 0
WP0033 00 0 WP0077 00 0 WP0121 00 0
WP0034 00 0 WP0078 00 0 WP0122 00 0
WP0035 00 0 WP0079 00 0 WP0123 00 0
WP0036 00 0 WP0080 00 0 WP0124 00 0
WP0037 00 0 WP0081 00 0 WP0125 00 0
WP0038 00 0 WP0082 00 0 WP0126 00 0
WP0039 00 0 WP0083 00 0 WP0127 00 0
WP0040 00 0 WP0084 00 0 WP0128 00 0
WP0041 00 0 WP0085 00 0 WP0129 00 0
A
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No. Page/WP No. *Change No.
WP0130 00 0 WP0180 00 0
WP0131 00 0 Alpha Index 0
WP0132 00 0 Authentication 0
WP0133 00 0 Back Cover 0
WP0134 00 0 0
WP0135 00 0 0
WP0136 00 0 0
WP0137 00 0 0
WP0138 00 0 0
WP0139 00 0 0
WP0140 00 0 0
WP0141 00 0 0
WP0142 00 0
WP0143 00 0
WP0144 00 0
WP0145 00 0
WP0146 00 0
WP0147 00 0
WP0148 00 0
WP0149 00 0
WP0150 00 0
WP0151 00 0
WP0152 00 0
WP0153 00 0
WP0154 00 0
WP0155 00 0
WP0156 00 0
WP0157 00 0
WP0158 00 0
WP0159 00 0
WP0160 00 0
WP0161 00 0
WP0162 00 0
WP0163 00 0
WP0164 00 0
WP0165 00 0
WP0166 00 0
WP0167 00 0
WP0168 00 0
WP0169 00 0
WP0170 00 0
WP0171 00 0
WP0172 00 0
WP0173 00 0
WP0174 00 0
WP0175 00 0
WP0176 00 0
WP0177 00 0
WP0178 00 0
WP0179 00 0
B
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
You can help improve this publication. If you find any mistakes or if you know of a way to improve the
procedures, please let us know. Submit your DA Form 2028 (Recommended Changes to Equipment
Technical Publications), through the Internet, on the Army Electronic Product Support (AEPS) website.
The Internet address is http://aeps.ria.army.mil. If you need a password scroll down and click on
“ACCESS REQUEST FORM”. The DA Form 2028 is located in the ONLINE FORMS PROCESSING
section of the AEPS. Fill out the form and click on SUBMIT. Using this form on the AEPS will enable us
to respond quicker to your comments and better manage the DA Form 2028 program. You may also
mail, fax, or e-mail your letter or DA Form 2028 direct to: AMSTA-LC-CI/ TECH PUBS, TACOM-RI, 1
Rock Island ARSENAL, IL 61299-7630. The e-mail address is [email protected]. The
fax number is DSN 793-0726 or commercial (309) 782-0726. Air Force users forward AFTO Forms 22,
Technical Order Improvement Report and Reply, through your Headquarters for routing to WR-ALC/LKC,
Robins AFB, GA 31098-1640. Marine Corps users submit NAVMC Form 10772 via Marine Corps
Publications website at: http://pubs.ala.usmc.mil .
*This Technical Manual supersedes TM 9-1005-245-13&P, dated 15 December 1994, with all changes;
TM 9-1010-231-13&P, dated 31October 2000, with all changes.
i
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
Air Force requests for this document shall be referred to WR-ALC/LKC, Robins AFB, GA 31098-1640.
Marine Corps requests for this document must be referred to Commandant of the Marine Corps (ARE-B),
Washington D.C. 20380-0001.
DISTRUCTION NOTICE: Destroy by any method that will prevent disclosure of contents or
reconstruction of this document.
ii
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TABLE OF CONTENTS
WP Sequence No.
WARNING SUMMARY......................................................................................................... a
CHAPTER 2 – M122 MACHINE GUN TRIPOD AND M122A1 MACHINE GUN TRIPOD
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
UNIT MAINTENANCE
M122 Machine Gun Tripod and M122A1 Machine Gun Tripod .................................... 0014 00
Tripod Leg Assembly .................................................................................................... 0015 00
Traversing and Elevating Mechanism (Traversing and Clamping Unit) ....................... 0016 00
Pintle Mount .................................................................................................................. 0017 00
Pintle ............................................................................................................................. 0018 00
Fork Adapter Assembly and Fork Assembly................................................................. 0019 00
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
iii
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
WP Sequence No.
UNIT MAINTENANCE
Tripod Assembly............................................................................................................0029 00
Mounting Bracket Assembly ..........................................................................................0030 00
Traversing and Elevating Mechanism (Traverse Mechanism)......................................0031 00
Traversing and Elevating Mechanism (Elevating Mechanism) .....................................0032 00
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
UNIT MAINTENANCE
iv
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
UNIT MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
UNIT MAINTENANCE
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
v
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
WP Sequence No.
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
UNIT MAINTENANCE
vi
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
CHAPTER 9 – MK93 MOD 1 MACHINE GUN MOUNT AND MK93 MOD 2 MACHINE GUN MOUNT
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS
UNIT MAINTENANCE
MK93 MOD 0 Machine Gun Mount; MK93 MOD 1 Machine Gun Mount; and
MK93 MOD 2 Machine Gun Mount.......................................................................... 0110 00
Yoke Assembly ............................................................................................................. 0111 00
Carriage Assembly........................................................................................................ 0112 00
Universal Pintle Adapter................................................................................................ 0113 00
Traversing and Elevating Mechanism
(Traversing and Clamping Unit) and (Elevating Unit) .............................................. 0114 00
Catch Bag Assembly..................................................................................................... 0115 00
Multipurpose Ammunition Can Bracket Assembly........................................................ 0116 00
Unit and Direct Support Maintenance Repair Parts and Special Tools List
Including Depot Maintenance Repair Parts for Mount, Introduction ........................ 0122 00
vii
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
WP Sequence No.
M3 TRIPOD
viii
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
WP Sequence No.
viiii
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
x
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
GENERAL. In order to use this manual efficiently, there are several things you need to know.
• All references in the manual are to work packages or to another manual.
• Whenever the male gender is mentioned (i.e., crewman, repairman) in the manual, it also
pertains to females.
• Procedures apply to all models unless otherwise noted.
INDEXES. This manual is organized to help you quickly find the information you need. There are several
useful indexes.
• Table of Contents. Lists in order all chapters, work packages, and appendixes.
• Nomenclature Cross Reference List. Gives an alphabetical list of the common names that
are substituted for the official nomenclature in the manual.
• Chapter Overviews. Summarize material covered in the chapter.
• Troubleshooting Symptom Index. Lists in alphabetical order parts of the weapon with
possible malfunctions. References work package pages of the troubleshooting table.
• Alphabetical Index. Located at the end of the manual. An extensive subject index for
everything in the manual. It gives work package references.
MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES. Each mount is located separately in a chapter. The chapter contains
operator instructions, and both unit and direct support maintenance procedures. Each maintenance
procedure has an initial setup containing a list of the following things you will need in order to do your
maintenance task.
• Tool and Special Tools. List tool kit and tools not found in your tool kit.
• Material/Parts. Lists expendable/durable materials and 100% replaceable parts. A part
number or work package reference follows each material or part. If more than one part is
needed, the quantity needed will follow the part number or reference.
• References. List other publications containing necessary information.
• Equipment Condition. Lists conditions to be met before starting a procedure. The reference
following the condition is the work package reference to instructions for setting up the
condition.
• Maintenance Procedures. Step-by-step illustrated procedures for maintenance authorized
by the Maintenance Allocation Chart (MAC), WP 0121 00.
xi/xii blank
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
CHAPTER 1
SCOPE
Purpose of Equipment: To provide a stable weapon support system for use on tactical/armored vehicles,
and ground mounting applications of various weapon systems.
MAINTENANCE FORMS, RECORDS, AND REPORTS. Department of the Army forms and procedures
used for equipment maintenance will be those prescribed by DA PAM 738-750, The Army Maintenance
Management System (TAMMS). Air Force users will use procedures prescribed in TO 00-35D-54, USAF
Material Deficiency Reporting and Investigating System. Marine Corps users will use procedures
prescribed in TM 4700-15/1, Equipment Record Procedures.
0001 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0001 00
CORROSION PREV ENTION AND CONTROL (CPC). Corrosion prevention and control of material is a
continuing concern. It is important that any corrosion problems with this item be reported so that the
problem can be corrected and improvements can be made to prevent the problem in the future. While
corrosion is typically associated with rusting of metals, it can also include deterioration of other materials
such as rubber and plastic. Unusual cracking, softening, swelling, or breaking of these materials may be
a corrosion problem. If a corrosion problem is identified, it can be reported using SF 368, Product Quality
Deficiency Report. Use of key words such as “corrosion”, “rust”, “deterioration”, or “cracking” will assure
that the information is identified as a CPC problem. The form should be submitted to Commander,
Armament Research, Development and Engineering Center, ATTN: AMSTA-A R-QAW-A/Customer Feed
back Center, 1 Rock Island Arsenal, Rock Island, IL 61299-7300. Air Force users submit Material
Deficiency Report (MDR) to Dir Mat Mgt Robins AFB GA//MMQC//IAW Technical Order 00-35D-54,
Technical Manual, USAF, Materiel Deficiency Reporting and Investigating System. Marine Corps users
reference TM 3080-12.
DESTRUCTION OF MATERIEL TO PREVENT ENEMY USE. Procedure and materials used for the
destruction of a mount to prevent enemy use will be found in TM 750-244-7.
PREPARATION FOR STORAGE AND SHIPMENT. Tripods and mounts should be placed in their
stowed positions for shipment. Refer to individual work packages (where applicable).
QUALITY OF MATERIAL. Material used for replacement, repair, or modification must meet the
requirements of TM 9-1005-245-13&P. If the quality of material requirements is not stated in TM 9-1005-
245-13&P, the material must meet the requirements of the drawings, standards, specifications, or
approved engineering changes proposals applicable to the subject equipment.
0001 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0002 00
GENERAL
This work package applies to all machine gun tripods, mounts and combinations for tactical/armored
vehicles found in this manual.
OPERATING PROCEDURES
This work package applies to all machine gun tripods, mounts and combinations for tactical/armored
vehicles found in this manual.
GENERAL
In addition to the normal preventive maintenance service found in each chapter, special care in cleaning
and lubrication must be observed where extremes of temperature, humidity, and atmospheric conditions
are present or anticipated. Proper cleaning, lubrication, and storage and the use of oils and lubricants not
only ensure proper operation and functioning but also guard against excessive wear of the working parts
and deterioration of the materiel.
When chronic failure of the materiel results from subjection to extreme conditions, report of such chronic
failure should be made on DA Form 2407, Maintenance Request.
Not applicable.
When operating in cold climates, all gun mounts should be thoroughly cleaned and dried. If possible,
cleaning and lubrication should be performed in a warm place, allowing equipment to warm to room
temperature. Leave no unfinished metal surfaces exposed without a protective layer of solid film lubricant
(SFL) (item 10, WP 0178 00). Make a thorough inspection and provide as much protection as possible
for all parts. Lubricate daily; operate mount/tripod frequently through entire range of motion to help
prevent freezing.
Ensure carrying bags are in good condition and provide as much cover for the equipment as possible.
When equipment is protected with a cover, moisture may form on metal surfaces. To prevent rusting,
remove the cover daily and inspect all surfaces for moisture and or ice. If found, clean and dry the
surface thoroughly and coat sparingly with SFL (item 10, WP 0179 00) (except the T&E).
For Artic operations, refer to FM 9-207, Operation and Maintenance of Ordnance Materiel in Cold
O O
Weather (0 – 65 F).
In hot climates, inspect and clean the materiel as frequently as required rather than at fixed intervals.
Inspect and clean the materiel more frequently when operating under sandy or dirty conditions; however,
lubricant should be applied sparingly, as oil will collect dust and sand, which act as abrasives. Lubricate
only moving parts.
Use particular care to keep sand and dirt out of the T&E when performing inspection, lubrication, or
adjustments or repairs.
Keep the materiel covered as much as the tactical situation permits. Make sure that the cover is in good
condition and fastens securely.
0003 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0003 00
The moisture in the atmosphere will emulsify the lubricants and destroy their corrosion-preventative
qualities. Therefore, perform inspection, cleaning, and lubrication more frequently and carefully. Salt in
the air, such as occurs in salt-water areas, adds to the corrosive activity of moisture. Salty atmosphere
conditions require extra precautions when inspecting, cleaning, and lubricating materiel. Lubricate all
points as often as necessary to prevent corrosion.
0003 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0004 00
LUBRICATION
GENERAL
This work package applies to all machine gun tripods, mounts and combinations for tactical/armored
vehicles found in this manual.
WARNING
Cleaning solvent is FLAMMABLE and TOXIC and must be kept away from open flames
and used in a well-ventilated area. Use of rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin
when washing weapons parts.
NOTE
Lubrication instructions are mandatory. Do not mix lubricants on the same mount. The
mount must be thoroughly cleaned during change from one lubricant to another.
Cleaning solvent (available to unit maintenance) (item 17, WP 0179 00) is recommended
for cleaning during change from one lubricant to another. Only lubricants and cleaners
specified in this manual are authorized for use on all mounts/tripods.
Clear ammunition from machine gun and remove machine gun from the machine gun mount.
Wipe dry, and lubricate following the steps appropriate for each type of mount.
Refer to the specific chapter for your mount for any additional requirements.
Lubricate the securing pins, travel lock pin, screws, hinge pins, locking cam, and guide grooves on the
ammunition trays weekly with general purpose lubricating oil (item 13, WP 0179 00).
Lubricate all exposed metal surfaces weekly with a light coat of general purpose lubricating oil (item 13,
WP 0179 00).
Lubricate the pintle shank weekly with a light coat of automotive and artillery grease (item 9, WP 0179 00).
CLEANING
GENERAL
This work package applies to all machine gun mounts and combinations for tactical/armored vehicles and
ground mounts found in this manual.
WARNING
Cleaning solvent is FLAMMABLE and TOXIC and must be kept away from open flames
and used in a well-ventilated area. Use of rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin
when washing gun mount parts.
Appropriate eye protection is recommended when cleaning your weapon or its parts.
Fill a suitable container with cleaning solvent (item 17, WP 0178 00). Using a bristle brush, clean dirt,
grease and residue from all surfaces. Dry all surfaces with clean dry wiping rags (item 14, WP 0179 00).
CAUTION
When using abrasive cloth, make certain not to remove too much metal, as this will
change the dimension of components.
Using abrasive cloth (item 4, WP 0179 00), remove paint and rust from quick release and secure pins,
sides of holes, pintle shanks, and sockets.
Lubricate in accordance with WP 0004 00 and specific tripod/mount work packages for location of
lubricating points (as applicable).
TROUBLESHOOTING PROCEDURES
GENERAL
This work package applies to all machine gun tripods, mounts and combinations for tactical/armored
vehicles found in this manual.
Tables list the common malfunctions that you may find during operation or maintenance. You should
perform the test/inspections and corrective actions in the order listed.
Common malfunctions, including the specific test, inspection and corrective action, are listed in each
chapter for your specific mount.
This manual cannot list all malfunctions that may occur, nor all tests or inspections and corrective actions.
If a malfunction is not listed or is not corrected by listed corrective actions, notify your supervisor.
Refer to lubrication instructions (WP 0004 00) and specific tripod/mount chapter for location of lubricating
points (as applicable).
MK93 MOD 0; MK93 MOD 1; and MK93 MOD 2 Machine Gun Mount................... WP 0107 00
GENERAL
This work package applies to all machine gun tripods, mounts and combinations for tactical/armored
vehicles found in this manual.
Your PMCS table has been provided so you can keep your equipment in good operating condition and
ready for its primary use. Refer to the chapter for your mount for specific requirements.
Always observe WARNINGS and CAUTIONS appearing in your PMCS table BEFORE, DURING, and
AFTER you operate your equipment. The warning and cautions appear before certain procedures. You
must observe these WARNINGS and CAUTIONS to prevent injury to yourself and others or to prevent
your equipment from being damaged.
Item Number Column. Numbers in this column are for reference. When completing DA Form 2404,
Equipment Inspection and Maintenance Worksheet, include the item number for the check/service
indicating a fault. Item numbers also appear in the order that you must do checks and services for the
intervals listed.
Interval Column. This column tells you when you must do the procedure in the procedure column.
BEFORE procedures must be done before you operate or use the equipment for its intended mission.
DURING procedures must be done during the time you are operating or using the equipment for its
intended mission. AFTER procedures must be done immediately after you have operated or used the
equipment.
Man-hour Column. This column shows man-hours required to complete all prescribed lubrication
services, stated to the nearest tenth of an hour.
Item to be Checked Column. This column provides the location and the item to be checked or serviced.
Procedure Column. This column gives you the procedure you must do to check or service the item listed
in the Item to Check/Service column to determine if the equipment is ready or available to perform its
intended mission or for operation. You must do the procedure at the time stated in the interval column.
“Not Fully Mission Capable If:” Column. Information in this column tells you what faults will keep your
equipment from being capable of performing its primary mission. If you make check and service
procedures that show faults listed in this column, do not operate the equipment. Follow standard
operating procedures for maintaining the equipment or reporting equipment failure.
0007 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0007 00
M122 Machine Gun Tripod and M122A1 Machine Gun Tripod ...............................WP 0012 00
MK93 MOD 0; MK93 MOD 1; and MK93 MOD 2 Machine Gun Mount ...................WP0108 00
0007 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0008 00
Upon receipt of materiel, it is the responsibility of the officer in charge to determine whether the materiel
has been properly prepared for service by the supplying organization, and to be sure it is in condition to
perform its function. For this purpose, inspect all assemblies, subassemblies, and accessories to be sure
they are properly assembled, secured, correctly adjusted, cleaned, and lubricated.
• Check the equipment against the packing slip to see if the shipment is complete. Report all
discrepancies in accordance with DA PAM 738-750.
• Inspect the equipment of damage incurred during shipment. If the equipment has been
damaged, report the damage on SF 364, Report of Discrepancy (ROD).
• Perform Operator PMCS. Refer to work package for your specific mount.
• Check for proper operation. Refer to work package for your specific tripod/mount.
0008-1/2 blank
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0008 00
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
CHAPTER 2
AND
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0009 00
The M122 tripod is a component assembly designed as a defensive ground mounting system for the M60
machine gun, M240G machine gun (with the M240E1 flexible mount assembly (Marine Corps only)), and
M249 squad automatic weapon system (SAWS) (with adapter assembly) in the light machine gun role.
The M122A1 tripod is a component assembly designed as a defensive ground mounting system for the
M240B and M249 SAWS machine guns.
Both tripods provide a stable and relatively lightweight base that is superior to the bipod legs of the
weapon. The tripods consist of a folding tripod leg assembly, pintle, and traversing and elevating
mechanism (T&E). The tripods are capable of accepting various adapters.
4 2
M122A1 M122
2NL0001
TRIPOD LEG ASSEMBLY (1) (M122/M122A1) – Consists of three tubular folding legs connected at the
head assembly. The rear legs are joined together by the traversing bar assembly. The head assembly
furnishes a front support for the machine gun through a pintle (2) attached to the machine gun and tripod.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY (2) (M122) – Provides a means of attaching the M249 (SAWS) in the light machine
gun role and M60 machine gun. The pintle locks into the brass-bushing sleeve in the tripod head
assembly of the tripod. Weapons attach by means of a spring loaded clamping spring on the pintle.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY (2) (M122A1) – Provides a means of attaching the M240/M249 machine gun. The
pintle locks into the brass-bushing sleeve in the tripod head assembly of the tripod. Weapons attach by
means of a quick release pin on the pintle.
0009 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0009 00
ADAPTER ASSEMLBY (4) (M122A1) – Consists of a fork assembly and deflector, to deflect ejected
cartridges cases form the M240B machine gun.
4 2
M122A1 M122
2NL0001
Gun mount adapter (Addition Authorized Equipment (AAL)) is used with the M122 pintle when mounting a
M60 machine gun. For maintenance procedures of the gun mount adapter refer to WP 0069 00; for
repair parts refer to WP 0158 00.
EQUIPMENT DATA
0009 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0009 00
Not Applicable.
4 2
M122A1 M122
2NL0001
Both the M122 and M122A1 tripods (1) have three tubular folding legs connected at the head assembly.
The head assembly provides a support base for the machine gun through a pintle attached to the weapon
and tripod. Each leg end has a metal shoe that can be stamped into the ground, for stability. The rear
legs are joined together by the traversing bar assembly. The traversing bar assembly is hinged on one
side; with an adjustable sleeve and sleeve latch on the other. This allows the tripod to collapse to a
closed position for carrying and storage; or to lock in an open position for use. The traversing bar serves
as a rear support for the traversing and elevating mechanism (T&E) (3), that in turn supports the machine
gun. When in the M122A1 configuration the T&E has an adapter assembly (4) attached, to deflect
ejected cartridge cases from the M240B machine gun. The T&E requires an adapter for the M60 (WP
0158 00) and M249 (WP 0131 00) machine guns when used on the M122 machine gun tripod.
The T&E mechanism (3) is used to engage pre-selected target areas. Direction and elevation readings
can be obtained from the traversing bar and the T&E mechanism. A scale shows approximately 250-mil
depression and 100-mil elevation, graduated in 5 mil increments. In traverse it is numbered every 100-
mils from 0 (center) to 450-mils (left) and 425-mils (right). Graduation movements of the hand wheel are
synchronized to the upper elevating screw. The T&E is locked to the traversing bar by the traversing
lever. The T&E is properly mounted when the traversing lever is to the rear and the traversing hand
wheel is to the left.
The M122 machine gun tripod utilizes the M240E1 flexible machine gun mount for the M240G machine
gun (USMC only).
TRIPOD
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean (WP 0005 00) and lubricate (WP 0004 00), touch-up any shiny areas with solid film
lubricant (SFL) (item 10, WP 0179 00). Notify unit maintenance for repair/replacement.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean (WP 0005 00) and lubricate (WP 0004 00), touch-up any shiny areas with SFL (item 10,
WP 0179 00). Notify direct support maintenance for repair/replacement.
SYMPTOM
Leg(s) is loose.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0011 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0011 00
PINTLE
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean (WP 0005 00) and lubricate (WP 0004 00), touch-up any shiny areas with SFL (item 10,
WP 0179 00). Notify unit/direct support maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean (WP 0005 00) and lubricate (WP 0004 00), touch-up any shiny areas with SFL (item 10,
WP 0179 00). Notify unit maintenance for repair/replacement.
SYMPTOM
Mounting (quick release) pin(s) will not lock into pintle yoke.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean (WP 0005 00) and lubricate (WP 0004 00). Notify unit maintenance for repair/replacement.
0011 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0011 00
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean (WP 0005 00) and lubricate (WP 0004 00). Notify unit maintenance for repair/replacement.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean (WP 0005 00) and lubricate (WP 0004 00), touch-up any shiny areas with SFL (item 10,
WP 0179 00). Notify unit/direct support maintenance for repair/replacement.
NOTE
There are no replacement parts required for these PMCS procedures.
2 Before/ Leg(s), Tripod Ensure legs are not bent, and that Leg(s) are bent;
After sleeve latch will securely lock the rear sleeve latch will not
legs in the open position. securely lock the
rear legs in the open
position.
3 Before/ Pintle Check to ensure pintle will insert into Pintle will not insert
After bushing and rotates freely. into bushing. Pintle
binds.
4 Before/ Traversing and Elevate and depress T&E to ensure T&E will not elevate
After Elevating operation without binding. and/or depress;
Mechanism T&E binds.
0012 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0012 00
Clean all surfaces with dry rag (item Surfaces are dirty.
14, WP 0179 00).
NOTE
If you are part of a rapid deployment or divisional combat unit, you can touch up no more
than one-third of the tripod with SFL. If more than one-third of the finish is gone, you
should turn-in the tripod for replacement. All other units can touch-up 100% of the tripod.
0012 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
GENERAL
NOTE
Set-up of the M122 and M122A1 machine gun tripods are the same, except where
identified. M122A1 configuration is shown for illustration purposes only.
Expand the two rear legs outward until you hear the sleeve latch (1) engage, locking the legs in the
expanded position. Turn the front leg fully forward.
2NL0002
0013 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
Depress pintle lock (2) and insert the pintle assembly (3) into the bushing on tripod head (4). Release
pintle lock (2) to secure the pintle assembly to tripod.
2NL0003
NOTE
Adapter assembly (5) applies only to the M122A1 machine gun tripod. The tripod fork
assembly (not shown) used with the M249 machine gun is attached in the same manner.
Align holes in adapter assembly (5) to traversing and elevating mechanism (6), insert pin (7) through the
T&E and fork assembly. Install retaining clips (8).
7
5
2NL0004
0013 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
NOTE
Fork assembly has been removed for clarity.
Turn the elevating knob (9) until approximately 1 1/2 inches (approx. width of two fingers) of the lower
elevating screw (10) is visible. Turn the traversing knob (11) until the yoke (12) is centered on the
traversing screw (13). The T&E is now roughly centered.
11
12
13
10
2NL0005
Lower the T&E sleeve (14) over the traverse bar (15) with the traverse lever (16) to the rear and
traversing knob (11) to the left. Tighten traverse lever (16) to secure to traverse bar (15). When the T&E
is properly mounted to the traverse bar, the traverse lever (16) is to the rear and the traverse knob (11) is
to the left.
11
16
14
15
2NL0006
0013 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
NOTE
Readings on the traverse bar shall be taken on the left side of the T&E.
To make traverse changes loosen the traverse lever (16) and slide the T&E (right or left) from the zero
index (17) on the traverse bar. (Allows 400 mils traverse left or right of the zero index (17).
NOTE
To make a bold adjustment of the elevation (more than 50-mils) rotate the entire
elevating screw assembly.
To make a deflection change of 50 mils or less turn the traversing hand wheel (18) of the screw
assembly. The elevating hand wheel is marked in 1-mil increments (0 to 50); one click of the hand wheel
equals 1 mil in elevation of the weapon barrel.
40 35
30
45
18
25
20
5
10 15
16
17
2NL0007
A scale (19), graduated in mils, is fitted to the upper screw to indicate elevation. The scale shows 200-
mils of depression and 200-mils of elevation from the zero setting.
19
2NL0008
0013 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
Insert pintle assembly. Rotate pintle lock release cam to lock (see FM 23-67).
PINTLE
ASSEMBLY
PINTLE LOCK
RELEASE CAM
2HXC020
Place ends of machine gun's front mounting pin on top of pintle assembly.
Press bottom of latch to open pintle assembly. The ends of machine gun mounting pin should lock in
place on pintle assembly.
FRONT
MOUNTING
PIN
PINTLE
LATCH
2HXC021
0013 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
Attach gun mount adapter to Traversing and Elevating Mechanism using straight pin and clips.
Center (zero) traversing hand-wheel and elevating hand-wheel on traversing and elevating mechanism
assembly (see FM 23-67).
ADAPTER
TRAVERSING
HANDWHEEL
CLIP
ELEVATING
STRAIGHT HANDWHEEL
PIN
2HXC022
Slide adapter assembly on machine gun’s rear mounting plate from the rear to the front.
REAR
ADAPTER MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY PLATE
2HXC023
Position traversing and elevating mechanism assembly on traversing bar. Rotate lock lever to secure.
Reference TM 9-1005-224-10 and FM 3-22.68 for additional information.
TRAVERSING AND
ELEVATING
MECHANISM
ASSEMBLY
0013 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
The weapon can be fitted on the M122 Tripod by means of a special adapter.
• Assure release lever of the pintle is forward.
• Assure Adapter Assembly yoke is rearward.
• Adjust elevation ring of T&E mechanism to midway.
ADAPTER
PINTLE
TRIPOD MOUNT
Engage the mounting pin of the gun into the pintle of the tripod by squeezing the locking lever of the
pintle.
0013 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
Above the trigger guard there is a hole thru the trigger mechanism. Engage this part of the machine gun
into the fork of the adapter assembly and push in the locking pin.
When mounted on the tripod, ammunition can be attached to the weapon using an adapter.
• Insert adapter in magazine well.
• Pull back on adapter to ensure its retention by the magazine door.
FREE GUN
M240 and M249 Machine Guns: Pull quick release pin clear from rear of weapon receiver, loosen
O
traverse lever and allow the T&E mechanism to rotate downward. Gun is now free to rotate a full 360 , if
needed. To reengage, align the T&E mechanism to the rear mounting point of the weapon and push the
quick release pin through until secured.
2NL0009
M60 Machine Gun: Slide adapter assembly rearward from weapons rear mounting plate. To reengage,
slide adapter assembly on machine gun’s rear mounting plate from the rear to the front.
0013 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0013 00
Clear the weapon in accordance with applicable weapons manual. Remove the quick release pin from
both the front and rear mounting points of the weapon. Remove the weapon from the tripod.
Use non-electrical wire to attach pintles, T&E, adapters, etc. to tripod, to ensure components are kept
together.
Disengage the pintle lock and remove pintle assembly. Turn traversing lever counterclockwise until
loose, and lift the T&E mechanism from the traverse bar. Depress the sleeve latch and fold the rear legs
together, fold the front leg rearward.
INITIAL SETUP
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Traversing and elevating mechanism (2) is a reparable assembly, refer to WP 0016 00.
Pintle mount (3) is a repairable assembly, refer to WP 0017 00/WP 0018 00.
Adapter assembly (4) (M122A1 only) is a repairable assembly, refer to WP 0019 00.
3 3
2NL0010
0014 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0014 00
CLEANING
Clean tripod components with CLP, wipe dry, and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING
NOTE
Deploying or combat units may touch-up no more than one third of the tripod with SFL. If
more than one third of the surface needs touch-up turn the tripod in for replacement (free
issue). All other units may touch-up the entire tripod.
Refinish any shiny spots on tripod leg assembly. Clean the surface with cleaning solvent. Apply solid film
lubricant in accordance with manufacturers instructions, and allow SFL to dry. Apply light coat of CLP.
LUBRICATION
0014 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0015 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Remove pintle lock assembly only if repair is required.
Make sure pintle lock assembly is in the locked position before removing.
Remove two machine screws (1), two lock-washers (2), and pintle lock assembly (3) from head (4).
Discard two lock-washers.
Remove hex plain nut (5), machine bolt (6), and tripod mount leg (7) from head (4).
4
5
7
3
1
6
2NL0011
0015 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0015 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
NOTE
Tripod is a Class VII item, replaceable to unit at no cost.
Pintle lock assembly (3) is a repairable assembly. Notify direct support maintenance.
If head (4) is cracked or damaged, repair is by replacement of the next higher assembly.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
REASSEMBLY
Install tripod mount leg (7) and secure to head (4) with machine bolt (6) and hex plain nut (5).
NOTE
Adjust hex plain nuts for 0.003 in. (0.008 cm) maximum clearance between head and
legs. Legs must pivot freely.
HINT: One sheet of tablet paper is approximately .003 thick. Tighten nut, with paper between the leg (9)
and nut, until the paper can be pulled out but a drag is felt.
Stake plain hex nut (5) to machine bolt (6) in three places.
4
5
7
3
2
6
2NL0011
0015 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0016 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Retaining rings (1) and headless grooved pin (2) are not components of the T&E.
Replacement parts must be ordered separately.
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing/installing spring loaded parts.
Remove machine screw (4) and lock-washer (5) from traversing lever (6). Discard lock-washer. Remove
traversing lever (6), helical torsion spring (7) and machine screw (8) from elevating mechanism sleeve (9).
9
8
7
6
5
4
2NL0012
0016 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0016 00
INSPECTION /REPAIR
If T&E will not elevate and/or traverse notify direct support maintenance.
CLEANING
NOTE
Assembly may be immersed for cleaning.
Clean all parts with cleaning solvent. Allow solvent to drain from crevices, wipe dry, and apply light coat
of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
NOTE
Do not apply SFL to screw threads or internal parts.
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow SFL to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CLP.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Machine screw (8) will need to be adjusted when traversing lever (6) is installed.
Traversing lever (6) must be aligned with traverse bar assembly.
Insert machine screw (8) into hole of elevating screw assembly (9). Place the T&E assembly on the
tripod traverse bar and tighten the machine screw (8). Assembly should remain upright without support.
9
8
7
6
5
4
2NL0012
0016 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0016 00
Place end of spring (7) into hole in backside of traversing lever (6); ensure opposite leg of spring is
horizontal and pointing left. Install helical torsion spring (7) and traversing lever (6) (pointed to the right),
new lock-washer (5) and machine screw (4). Tighten machine screw (4). Function test. When lever is
disengaged T&E should slip off the traversing bar.
Insert grooved pin (2) into yoke (3) and install retaining rings (1) to grooved pin (2).
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Secure pintle in vise or tripod head, tap out and remove headless grooved pin (1), lock-release lever (2),
and helical torsion spring (3) from pintle (4).
2
3
2NL0013
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0017 00-1
TM 9-1005-425-13&P 0017 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP; wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Have helper assist in assembly.
Secure pintle (4) in vise or tripod head. Align helical torsion spring (3) and lock-release lever (2) to pintle
(4), secure with headless grooved pin (1).
2
3
2NL0013
0017 00-2
TM 9-1005-425-13&P 0018 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Loosen and remove cap screw (1), cable assembly (2), and quick release pin (3) from pintle (4). Pry up
one leg of split ring and rotate over cable assembly until loose.
2NL0014
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all metal components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
0018 00-1
TM 9-1005-425-13&P 0018 00
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Insert cap screw (1) through bracket on cable assembly (2), and attach to pintle (4). Looped end of cable
assembly should be attached to the ring on quick release pin (3). Insert quick release pin (3) into pintle
(4).
2NL0014
0018 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0019 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE OF
ADAPTER ASSEMBLY, FORK, NSNA, P/N 12990570; AND
FORK ASSEMBLY, 1055-01-225-1156, P/N 9378233
INITIAL SETUP
NOTE
Fork assembly (P/N 12990570) is AAL to the M122 machine gun tripod. Maintenance
procedures are the same.
DISASSEMBLY
Remove clip (1), and pull quick release pin (2) from fork (3).
Loosen and remove cap screw (4), flat washer (5), and deflector (6).
1 4
2 6
3
2NL0015
INSPECTION/REPAIR
If fork assembly (3) is broken or damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
0019 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0019 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE OF
ADAPTER ASSEMBLY, FORK, NSNA, P/N 12990570; AND
FORK ASSEMBLY, 1055-01-225-1156, P/N 9378233 (cont)
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
REASSEMBLY
Align deflector (6) with hole in fork assembly (4) and install flat washer (5), and cap screw (4).
Install quick release pin (2) through holes in fork (3) and insert clip (1).
1 4
2 6
3
2NL0015
0019 00-2
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0020 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Remove pintle lock assembly (3) only if repair is required (WP 0021 00).
Make sure pintle lock assembly (3) is in the locked position before removing.
Loosen and remove two machine screws (1), two lock-washers (2), and pintle lock assembly (3) from
head (4). Discard two lock-washers.
6 14
9
11
9
20
8 4
10
18
19
17
3
16
7
15
13
5 2
12
8
1
2NL0016
0020 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0020 00
NOTE
Remove rear leg(s) only for repair/replacement.
If damaged, remove two hex plain nuts (5), two machine bolts (6), and two sleeve spacers (7) from head
(4).
Remove two hex plain nuts (8), two machine bolts (9), and traverse bar assembly (10) from pintle tripod
legs (11 and 12).
Remove two hex head plain nuts (13), two machine bolts (14), and tripod legs (11 and 12), from head (4).
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Remove straight pin (15), sleeve latch (16), and helical spring (17) from leg (18).
If, damaged, remove setscrew (19) from sleeve bushing (20), and remove sleeve bushing (20) from head
(4).
6 14
9
11
9
20
8 4
10
18
19
17
3
16
7
15
13
5 2
12
8
1
2NL0016
0020 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0020 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
If head (4) is cracked or damaged, repair is by replacement of the next higher assembly.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
NOTE
Deploying or combat units may touch-up no more than one third of the tripod with SFL. If
more than one third of the surface needs touch-up turn the tripod in for replacement (free
issue). All other units may touch-up the entire tripod.
ASSEMBLY
If removed, apply sealing compound to sleeve bushing (20) and install in head (4). Install setscrew (19)
in sleeve bushing (20).
If removed, install pintle lock assembly (3), two new lock-washers (2), and two machine screws (1) on
head (4).
20
19
13
2
1
2NL0017
0020 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0020 00
Install tripod leg (11) and tripod leg (12) on head (4) and secure with two machine bolts (14), and two hex
plain nuts (13).
NOTE
Adjust hex plain nuts for 0.003 in. (0.008 cm) maximum clearance between head and
legs. Legs must pivot freely.
Stake two hex plain nuts (13) to two machine bolts (14) in three places.
Install helical spring (17), sleeve latch (16), and straight pin (15) on leg (18).
NOTE
Traverse bar assembly (10) must be adjusted so the sleeve (21) and stop (22) are 0.25 (1/4)
to 0.38 (3.8) inch apart before locking. Rotate nut (23) until finger tight.
Install traverse bar assembly (10) to tripod legs (11 and 12), and secure with two machine bolts (9) and
two hex plain nuts (8).
Tighten nut (23) and stake in slot on traverse bar assembly (10).
6 14
9
11
9
20
8 4
10
23
22
18
19
17
21
3
16
7
15
13
5 2
12
8
1
2NL0016A
0020 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0020 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
If removed, install two machine bolts (6), and two sleeve spacers (7), two hex plain nuts (5), to head (4).
6 14
9
11
9
20
8 4
10
18
19
17
3
16
7
15
13
5 2
12
8
1
2NL0016
NOTE
After repair, attach tripod components to the leg assembly with non-electrical wire to
ensure entire system is returned to unit.
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
To avoid injury to your eyes, wear safety glasses when grinding parts.
Grind head off solid rivet (1). Remove solid rivet and pintle lock release cam (2). Discard solid rivet.
Remove housing (5) and two helical springs (6) from body (4).
6
5
6
3
1
2
2NL0018
0021 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0021 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
If shaft collar (3), body (4), or housing (5) are broken or damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher
assembly.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Install two helical springs (6) in body (4). Slide body into housing (5) so post sticks out through U-shaped
opening of housing.
Position pintle lock release cam (2) over body (4), insert new solid rivet (1) through the cam collar and
body. Peen over end of rivet. Pintle lock release cam should pivot freely after riveting.
6
5
6
3
1
2
2NL0018
0021 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Retaining rings and grooved headless pin are not components of the T&E and must be
ordered separately.
Remove two retaining rings (1) from headless grooved pin (2).
Remove headless grooved pin (3) from traversing and elevating mechanism.
Remove self-locking nut (3) and flat washer (4). Discard nut.
Remove self-locking nut (6), and slide off traversing hand-wheel (5) as a unit. Discard nut.
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Separate union nut (9), scale dial (8), headless straight pin (11) compression helical spring (10), and
knob (7).
3
4
11
10 5
9
8
2NL0019
0022 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Remove woodruff key (12) from traversing screw (13). Push traversing mechanism ring (14) from yoke
(15) and remove traversing screw (13) from yoke (15) by turning counterclockwise.
15
14
13
12
2NL0020
Pull out slightly on elevating stop assembly (16) and remove elevating screw assembly (17) from
elevating mechanism sleeve (18) by turning counterclockwise.
17
18
16
2NL0021
NOTE
Break staking on stop screw with punch and hammer before removing stop.
Secure elevating stop assembly upside down in vise (clamp on dial knob). Turn top elevating screw
assembly until compressed flush with dial. Using spanner wrench (item 5, WP 0121 00), remove stop
(19) from end of lower elevating screw (20).
19
20
2NL0022
0022 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
Remove upper elevating screw (21) with scale plate (22) attached by turning counterclockwise.
NOTE
Remove scale only for replacement. Do not damage threads of elevating screw when
removing staking.
File off staking at top and bottom of scale. Slide scale down and out of the channel.
21
22
2NL0023
Using spanner wrench (item 6, WP 0121 00), remove externally threaded ring (24) from lower elevating
screw (23).
23
24
2NL0024
Remove set screw (26) and lower elevating screw (23) from knob (25).
25 26
23
2NL0025
Smooth stake marks on hand-wheel click ring (28) with a small file and remove ring. Remove dial pointer
(27) from knob (25).
27
25
28
2NL0026
0022 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Tap headless straight pin (31) and compression helical spring (30) out through the center hole of knob (25).
If plain solid disk (29) is damaged, drill out using 0.125 (1/8) in. twist drill.
25
29
30
31
2NL0027
Smooth staked metal on elevating stop assembly (18) and slide out of channel on elevating mechanism
sleeve (17).
32
18
17
2NL0028
INSPECTION /REPAIR
If upper elevation screw (21), lower elevation screw (20), traversing screw (13), or elevating mechanism
sleeve (18) are broken or damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
0022 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
NOTE
Do not apply SFL to threads or any internal components.
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Install elevating stop assembly (18) in channel of elevating mechanism sleeve (18) and stake in four
places near bottom. Install new spring pin (32) and stake material of elevating mechanism sleeve (17)
over spring pin on both ends.
32
18
17
2NL0028
NOTE
If plain solid disk (29) was removed perform the following two steps.
Drill out any portion of plain solid disk remaining in hole of knob (25) using 0.125 (1/8) in. twist drill.
Tap headless straight pin (31), compression helical spring (30), and plain solid disk (29) in side of knob
(25). Disk is to be flush to 0.010 in. (0.025 cm) below outer diameter of knob (25). Stake rim of hole in
three equally spaced places.
25
31
30
29
2NL0030
0022 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
NOTE
If plain solid disk was not removed perform the following step.
Insert spring (30) and flat end of headless straight pin (31) into hole of knob through the center of knob
(25). Apply pressure to pointed end of headless straight pin (31) and hold it recessed into hole while
inserting hand-wheel click ring (28). Make sure key of hand-wheel click ring is aligned with 0 graduation
mark on knob (25).
31
15
25 25
20
30
31
30
28
2NL0031
Position lower elevating screw (23) under hand-wheel click ring (25) and rest it on a flat surface. Position
dial pointer (27) on hand-wheel click ring, making sure dial pointer aligns within 0.030 in. (0.076 cm) of 0
graduation. Stake in four places, 90 degrees + 5 degrees apart.
27
40 35
30
45
25
25
23
20
5
10 15
27
2NL0032
If removed, install scale plate (20). Position scale plate as far as possible toward upper (curved) end of
groove. Stake on both sides at top, middle, and bottom of scale plate (six locations total) in the base
(root) of threaded area to prevent thread damage.
Slide knob (25) on upper elevating screw (21). Align top of dial pointer (27) with 0 graduation on scale
plate (20). Screw lower elevating screw (23) on upper elevating screw (21) until fully seated in knob (25).
Recheck graduation alignment to make sure it is correct.
Install externally threaded ring (24) on elevating screw (23). Tighten externally threaded ring until flush
with bottom on knob using spanner wrench (item 7, WP 0179 00) and stake in two places 180 degrees
apart.
0022 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
21
20
25
27
23
24
2NL0033
NOTE
If threaded hole in knob does not align with original hole in flange of lower elevation
screw, perform next step. If holes are aligned, skip next step.
Using a 0.078 (5/64) in. twist drill, put the drill point through threaded hole of knob (25) and drill new hole
in flange of the lower elevation screw (23) to a depth of 0.30 in. (0.76 cm).
Recheck to make sure graduation alignment has been maintained. Insert and tighten setscrew (22).
21
23
35
40
22
45
0
5 10
2NL0034
0022 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
REASSEMBLY (cont)
Place elevating stop assembly upside down in vise (clamp on dial knob). Using spanner wrench (item 6,
WP 0121 00) install automatic stop (19) until flush, and stake in two places 180 degrees apart.
19
20
2NL0022
Pull back slightly on elevating stop assembly (16) and screw elevating screw assembly (17) in elevating
mechanism sleeve (18) by turning clockwise.
17
18
16
2NL0021
Push traversing mechanism ring (14) onto traversing screw (13). Thread traversing screw (13) through
yoke (15) and elevating screw (21) and center yoke (15) on elevating screw (21).
21
15
14
13
2NL0035
0022 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0022 00
Assemble union nut (8), scale dial (7), headless straight pin (10), compression helical spring (9), and
knob (6) to make traversing hand-wheel (5).
5
9
11
10
8
2NL0036
Insert washer (4) on shaft of traversing screw. Install and tighten new self-locking nut (3).
Install woodruff key (12) in slot of traversing screw. Align keyway on inside of traversing hand-wheel (5)
with woodruff key (12), and push hand wheel (5) onto shaft. Install and tighten new self-locking nut (3).
Traversing hand-wheel should move freely with no more than 1/16 of a turn backlash.
Install retaining ring (1) on one end of headless grooved pin (2). Insert other end completely through yoke
and top of elevating screw, and install retaining ring (1).
5
12
2NL0037
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0023 00
The M192 machine gun tripod is a component assembly designed as a defensive ground mount for the
M240B machine gun and M249 squad automatic weapon system (SAWS) in the machine gun role.
The tripod is composed of a folding tripod, traverse and elevating mechanism, and mounting bracket
assembly. The M192 machine gun tripod is easily transported in any of the following:
2NL0038
TRIPOD (1) – Consists of an integrated front leg and two rear folding legs. The frame assembly furnishes
front support for the machine gun using a pintle and bushing system. A traverse and elevation (T&E)
assembly (3) (with integrated scales) attaches to the tripod with two shoulder bolts.
MOUNTING BRACKET (2) – Provides a means of attaching the weapon to the tripod. Consists of a
pintle and bracket. The mounting bracket attaches to the T&E by a quick release lock. The weapon is
secured to the bracket by two quick release pins.
0023 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0023 00
Not Applicable.
EQUIPMENT DATA
Length......................................................(stowed)......................................24.00in.
(legs extended) ..........................31.75 in.
Not Applicable.
0023 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0024 00
The M192 machine gun tripod is a tripod with an integrated traversing and elevation mechanism (T&E).
The traverse bar and mounting bracket assembly serves as rear support for the T&E, which in turn
supports, the rear of the M240B/M249 machine gun. The scale range is 0 to approximately 530 mils in
elevation with 1 mil readability. The traverse bar is joined to the Frame Assembly by two shoulder bolts,
and the elevation bar fits into a quick release socket on the bottom of the mounting bracket assembly.
The traverse scale range is 0 to approximately 900 mil in 1 mil increments.
The M192 machine gun tripod has two folding legs connected to the frame. The rear legs can be folded
to a forward position for stowing (i.e. M240B Spare Barrel Bag, ALICE Pack, MOLLE (MG), and/or
Modified 1950 Jump Bag). The mounting bracket is attached to the right rear leg for stowage and/or
transport. The frame (with integrated front leg) furnishes front support for the machine gun with the use of
a pintle and mounting bracket assembly. The weapon is attached to the mounting bracket with mounting
pins, and the mounting bracket is secured to the tripod by a pintle and the elevation bar of T&E.
The M192 machine gun tripod has a mechanical stop for setting a right traverse limit. Traverse and
Elevation actions are independent of one another and have hand levers for controlling both bold and fine
adjustments. The M192 machine gun tripod is compatible for use with both day or night optics or lasers.
2NL0039
WARNING
Assistant gunner must clear spent cartridge casings from under tripod when firing M240B
machine gun to prevent build-up that will eventually cause spin-back stoppages.
Spin-back stoppages may occur when firing blank ammunition from M240B machine gun.
Only the M249 and M240 series machine guns can be fired off the M192 machine gun
tripod.
The operator must ensure the legs of the tripod are securely emplaced in the ground,
with or without sandbags, prior to and during firing.
When firing without sandbags, the gunner must expect the tripod’s front leg to lift slightly
from emplaced position.
TRIPOD
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
Check for dirt and/or rust on leg latch and ball stud.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt and/or rust on leg latch and/or stud. Notify unit maintenance for repair.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
T&E ASSEMBLY
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Wipe dirt or debris from scale. If still unreadable, notify unit maintenance for repair.
0025 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0025 00
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Exercise elevation and traverse in each direction, using both bold and fine adjustment procedures
(WP 0028 00).
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
Do not use anything other than your fingers; mechanical stop is a self-
locking device.
Remove dirt and lubricate cleaned areas. Notify unit maintenance for repair.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
NOTE
Do not use anything other than your fingers; mechanical stop is a self-
locking device.
0025 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0025 00
MOUNTING BRACKET
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt. Lubricate cleaned areas. Touch up any bare shiny spots on pintle with SFL (item 10,
WP 0179 00). Notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt and lubricate cleaned areas. If still not functional, notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt. Lubricate cleaned areas. If still not functional, notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
Quick Release Assembly will not securely fasten to the ball end of elevation bar.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
If possible, remove dirt and rust, lubricate cleaned areas. If still not functional, notify unit
maintenance for repair.
1 Before M192 Machine Emplace mount. Ensure legs are Parts are broken or
Gun Tripod properly latched and held in a rigid missing and
position. Check for any missing or prevents safe
broken parts operation of tripod.
2 Before Legs Check to ensure legs are not bent and Legs will not latch
the leg latch will securely lock the leg in sufficiently to safely
position. operate the tripod.
3 Before T&E Mechanism Check the operation of T&E in both T&E will not elevate
elevation and traverse to make sure and/or traverse.
functionality is good.
4 Before Mounting Bracket Check pins for proper closure. Missing or broken
parts.
Check to ensure pintle will insert into Pintle will not insert
bushing. into bushing.
Check to ensure pintle latch will secure Pintle will not lock
pintle in bushing into bushing.
5 During T&E Mechanism Check the operation of T&E in both T&E will not elevate
elevation and traverse to make sure and/or traverse.
functionality is good.
0026 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0026 00
0026 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0027 00
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CLEANING– TRAVERSING AND ELEVATING MECHANISM
INITIAL SETUP
Materials/Parts:
Alcohol, Denatured, (item 2, WP 0179 00)
Cleaner, lubricant, and preservative, (CLP),
(item 3, WP 0179 00)
Cloth, Abrasive, (item 4, WP 0179 00)
Lubricate, Solid Film, (item 10, WP 0179 00)
Rag, Wiping, (item 14, WP 0179 00)
CLEANING
NOTE
Cleaning should be done weekly to prevent unnecessary corrosion of equipment.
Clean, refinish and lubricate the tripod using the following procedure:
• Using abrasive cloth, remove any brass residue from mounting bracket, T&E, and right leg of
tripod.
NOTE
Do not apply SFL to traverse or elevation bars. SFL will cause fine adjustment
movement to stop.
Deploying or combat units may touch-up no more than one third of the tripod with SFL. If
more than one third of the surface needs touch-up turn the tripod in for replacement (free
issue). All other units may touch-up the entire tripod.
• After thorough cleaning, touch up any shiny spots or scratches with SFL.
• Using CLP applied to a wiping rag, wipe down the components of mount and lubricate all moving
parts. Use a clean wiping rag to remove any excess CLP.
• Periodically remove flushing plug and lubricate internal components of T&E (WP 0031 00/WP
0032 00).
2NL0039
0027 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0027 00
OPERATOR MAINTENANCE
CLEANING – TRAVERSING AND ELEVATING MECHANISM (cont)
T&E FLUSHING
Completely fill housing with cleaning fluid/alcohol and reinstall flushing plug (1). Rotate housing in all
directions to rinse entire housing interior. Remove flushing plug (1) and shake fluid from housing. This
should be done in all directions to completely remove fluid from housing. Fluid will expel from both
flushing plug holes in bottom of housing. Pour CLP into flushing plug hole. Rotate housing to distribute
CLP throughout mechanism. Allow excess to drain. Reinstall flushing plug (1).
2NL0040
0027 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0028 00
NOTE
Perform PMCS (WP 0026 00) prior to use.
Fold legs (1) rearward until they latch. Ensure legs are securely latched.
Pull elevation handle (3) out with left hand and hold while grasping the elevation bar and pulling down
from stowage point. Depress approximately halfway. Rotate T&E (4) up and towards you until elevation
bar is vertical. Manipulate traversing handle (2) until T&E is centrally located on traversing bar.
NOTE
Only pull quick release pins out of one side of the mounting bracket. A feature of the
mount is that the pins are clipped to avoid complete removal and possible loss.
Remove mounting bracket (5) by pulling up quick release pins (6). Remove mounting bracket from leg by
pulling outward. Rotate pintle until perpendicular to mounting bracket. Insert pintle into pintle socket (7)
of tripod. Using hand force, depress until latch engages. Using hand force, press down on the rear of
mounting bracket to elevation bar until click is heard.
2NL0041
0028 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0028 00
INSTALLING WEAPON
NOTE
M240B bipod legs fold to the rear. M249 bipod legs must fold forward.
Pull quick release pins to the left. Insert front mounting point of weapon into front (1) of mounting bracket
and secure with quick release pin. Lower the weapon (butt stock) down into rear yoke (3) and secure
with quick release pin to the rear mounting point of weapon. Ensure pin rings are not lodged between
weapon and mounting bracket. Reverse procedure to remove weapon.
2NL0042
Clear the weapon in accordance with weapons operator manual (M240B: TM 9-1005-313-10; M249:
TM 9-1005-201-10). Position T&E to center of traversing bar (approximately 520-mils). Disengage both
front and rear-attaching pins of the mounting bracket assembly from weapon and remove machine gun.
BASIC OPERATION
READING SCALES
The tripod T&E is equipped with traverse and elevation scales. The housing of the T&E mechanism has
a secondary scale for fine adjustment reading. The large scales (traversing and elevation) are in 10-mil
increments and the secondary scale is in increments of one mil. A reading is taken by first looking at the
position of the large scale and the point where the secondary scale line intersects the large scale then
adding the two readings together. The elevation vernier scale, reads in one-mil increments, begins at 0
corresponding to a gun depression of approximately 275-mils. The elevation bar movement stops at 510-
mil, which corresponds to an elevation of approximately 235-mils. The scale continues past this point to
520 mils, but the T&E mechanism will not move past the internal stop at 510-mil. Traverse movement is
approximately 900-mils from side to side. The traverse scale begins at 0, extreme left, and the numbers
increase as the T&E traverses to the right.
0028 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0028 00
BOLD ADJUSTMENT
Both the traverse and elevation of T&E may be disengaged for bold movements by pushing or pulling
appropriate handle fully forward or fully rearward. Bold adjustments can be made in both traverse and
elevation at the same time by squeezing and pushing or pulling both handles. T&E will automatically re-
engage (lock in place) when handless are released.
FINE ADJUSTMENT
Fine adjustments may be made to both traverse and elevation by vertically manipulating appropriate
handle in appropriate direction. To elevate the weapon, manipulate elevation handle (forward-most
handle) upward. Depression movements may be accomplished by manipulating handle downward. Right
traverse may be accomplished by manipulating traverse handle downward. Upward movement of handle
traverses left.
NOTE
Each full handle manipulation will change direction of fire approximately 5-mils. No
movement will occur unless handle is returned to neutral before the next adjustment.
However, adjustments smaller than 5-mils may be accomplished by partial
manipulation of handle.
2NL0043
0028 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0028 00
MECHANICAL STOP
Left traverse travel of weapon is ultimately limited when T&E housing reaches right end of traverse bar.
Right traverse travel limit may be adjusted via use of the mechanical stop. The mechanical stop is
located on the traversing bar (2) left of the T&E mechanism.
CAUTION
Never use anything other than fingers to tighten or loosen. Limit stop is a self-binding
stop. Never use tools to tighten or loosen.
Mechanical stop (1) may be freed by pushing the T&E until contact is made with the stop. While applying
pressure to hold in place, loosen screw approximately one full turn.
Alternate Method: Loosen screw while simultaneously applying pressure toward the left on the bottom
and to the right on the top of the mechanical stop.
Stop may be set at any desired location by sliding along bar to desired location and tightening clamping
screw snugly.
2NL0043
0028 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0028 00
FREE GUN
Pull back on latch of quick release assembly (4) to disengage mounting bracket from T&E. Rotate T&E
forward. Gun is now free to travel 360 degrees. To re-engage, position elevation bar of T&E under
socket of quick release assembly (4). Using hand pressure press down until bar engages with mounting
bracket.
2NL0042
Pull quick release latch and raise rear of mounting bracket from elevation bar of T&E. With left thumb
depressing pintle latch release, remove mounting bracket from pintle socket. Rotate pintle until flat
against mounting bracket. Install mounting bracket on outside of right rear leg of tripod with quick release
facing front of mount (or pintle facing rear of mount). Line up rear of bracket with attaching tube and
rotate front yoke over leg. Engage pins. Rotate T&E mechanism forward in order to line up with stowage
point. Pull out on elevation handle while pushing up on bottom of elevation bar with thumb. Apply
pressure until seated into stowage point. Depress elevation handle until elevation bar is seated into
stowage point. While holding down leg latch release, fold rear legs forward.
STOWAGE
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Using a hex head wrench, remove two shoulder bolts (1) from ends of traverse bar. Pull traverse and
elevation mechanism (2) from yoke or frame assembly (3).
6
8 3
6
5 8
8
5
7
4
1
8
7
1
2
2NL0346
Pull up on quick release pins (4) and remove mounting bracket from stowed position on leg.
Using a combination wrench to hold bolt (6), remove self-locking nut (7). Remove bolt (6), washers (8),
and leg (5) from frame (3).
0029 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0029 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
NOTE
Procedures for both right and left rear legs are the same.
Loosen and remove two button head screws (9) on inside of leg (5), extract latch block (10). Maneuver
leg lever (11) through the cutout of the leg, and remove spring (12).
5 12
11
10
2NL0045
Loosen and remove setscrews (13), turn ball studs (14) clockwise and thread through outside of frame
assembly (3).
Loosen and remove flathead screw (15) on release lever (16). Remove release lever (16).
21
14
18
3 14
13
13
15
16
19
20
17
2NL0046
0029 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0029 00
Loosen and remove shoulder bolt (18) and lock nut (19). Extract pintle latch lever (20) out of slot.
Turn frame assembly upside down and position blocks under frame near bushing. Using a flat tip punch
and brass hammer strike evenly around rim of pintle bushing (21) until it slides out of the frame.
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Inspect all parts for bends, breaks, cracks and distorted threads.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
NOTE
Deploying or combat units may touch-up no more than one third of the tripod with SFL. If
more than one third of the surface needs touch-up turn the tripod in for replacement (free
issue). All other units may touch-up the entire tripod.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Apply sealing compound to threads of all bolts/screws to be replaced, unless otherwise noted.
Start new pintle bushing (21) into tube. Cover the bushing with a clean wiping rag, strike evenly around
the rim with a soft face hammer until bushing lip seats on the rim of the tube.
21
14
18
3 14
13
13
15
16
19
20
17
2NL0046
0029 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0029 00
UNIT MAINTENANCE FOR
TRIPOD ASSEMBLY, NSNA, P/N 13001670 (cont)
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Insert pintle latch lever (20) into slot, aligning hole in lever with hole in tube. Ensure lip on lever is above
the bolt position. Insert shoulder bolt (18) and new lock nut (19).
NOTE
Ensure springs are below top surface of bushing.
Insert rounded tips of flat springs (17) into bracket above lever. Rest bottom of springs on the face of the
lever. Hold release lever (16) onto pintle latch lever and align screw holes; install flathead screw (15) and
tighten.
Install new ball studs (14) from the inside of frame assembly yoke (3) by turning clockwise with a
screwdriver. Leave approximately 7/16” of ball stud protruding on outside of frame.
21
14
18
3 14
13
13
15
16
19
20
17
2NL0046
0029 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0029 00
NOTE
Rounded end of latch (11) goes into slot in leg (5).
Insert spring (12) and leg lever (11) from outside of leg (5). Compress spring (12) with fingers while
pushing leg lever (11) into position.
Hold leg lever (11) down, and insert latch block (10) (beveled side to leg lever). Align holes in latch block
(10) to holes in bar on leg (5). Insert two button-head screws (9) and tighten.
5 12
11
10
2NL0045
Align leg (right or left) with frame assembly and install bolt (6), two washers (8) and new self-locking nut
(7). Do not over tighten; leg must be able to rotate to stowed position. Repeat procedure for opposite
leg.
6
8 3
6
5 8
8
5
7
4
1
8
7
1
2
2NL0346
Maneuver traversing bar of the T&E into position at the back yoke of frame assembly (3). Align bolt
holes, insert shoulder bolts (1) and tighten, do NOT use sealing compound. Do not over tighten; T&E
must be able to rotate.
Pull quick release pins (4); align mounting bracket with right leg and secure with quick release pins (4).
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove split rings (1), and extract caps (2) from quick release pins (3 and 4).
NOTE
Front and rear quick release pins and clips are different. The back (small pin and clip)
has a retaining hole on the front side of the yoke while the front (large pin and clip) has a
retaining hole on the backside of yoke.
Remove front and rear retaining clips (5 and 6) and front and rear quick release pins (3 and 4) from
bracket (7).
Hold bolt (8) secure with a wrench and remove self-locking nut (9) and washers (10). Discard self-locking
nut (9). Remove bolt (8). Pintle (11) should remove easily from bracket (7).
9 6
3
10
2
13
8
2
1
11 4
12
1
2NL0047
0030 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0030 00
Loosen and remove four screws (12) on the quick release lock (13). Lock should fall away from bracket.
9 6
3
10
2
13
8
2
1
11 4
12
1
2NL0047
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Inspect all parts for bends, breaks, cracks and distorted threads.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0030 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0030 00
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Apply sealing compound to threads of all bolts/screws to be replaced.
Attach quick release lock (13) to mounting bracket (7) with four screws (12). Check for functionality.
Center pintle (11) in front bracket yoke and install bolt (8) washer (10), and nut (9). Do not over tighten;
pintle must rotate freely to stowed position.
9 6
3
10
2
13
8
2
1
11 4
12
1
2NL0047
NOTE
Front and rear mounting pins and clips are different. The back (small pin and clip) has a
retaining hole on the front side of the yoke while the front (large pin and clip) has a
retaining hole on the backside of yoke.
Insert end caps (2) into ends of mounting pins (3 and 4), aligning holes in pin with holes in cap. Pry up
one leg of split ring (1) and slide into aligned holes. Continue rotating ring until fully inserted through
mounting pin.
Slide front and rear mounting pins (3 and 4) halfway into bracket (7). Insert curved end of front and rear
retaining clips (5 and 6) into slot of bracket yoke and straight end in retaining holes. Push down on clips
until they snap into place.
INITIAL SETUP
TRAVERSE MECHANISM
NOTE
Handles and scales of T&E are on traverse side.
DISASSEMBLY
While simultaneously applying pressure toward the left on the bottom and to the right on the top of the
mechanical stop (2), loosen thumbscrew (1); slide mechanical stop from the traverse bar (3).
Loosen and remove locking nut (4) and bolt (5) from traverse handle (6). Lift off handle (6). Discard nut.
Loosen and remove shoulder screw (7), and four button head screws (9); carefully lift off traverse cover
(10).
10
2 3
7
1 9
5
6
9
4
2NL0048
0031 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
NOTE
Do not remove reader scale unless replacement is required.
Loosen and remove two button head screws (11) and reader scale (12) from traverse cover (10).
10
12
11
2NL0049
Loosen and remove screws (13), slide out traverse glides (14). If present, remove shims with glides;
annotate their size and location for reassembly. Slide traverse guide wiper (15) and rubber seal (16) from
traverse glides (14).
WARNING
Use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Lift out bold compression spring (17). Cover traverse compression springs (18) with a cloth. With tip of
screwdriver, pry up and remove traverse compression springs (18).
17
18
14 13
13
14
18
22
13
14
14
WASHERS
15
16
19 20
13 14
21
2NL0050
0031 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
Slide the traverse bar assembly (19) to the left and remove. Maneuver plates (back and forth) if needed
to remove traverse bar assembly (19).
NOTE
Do not remove scale (20) unless replacement is required.
Remove rivet (21) and slide scale (20) out of bar (21).
WARNING
Use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Lift out left and right plates (23 and 24), locking plate (25), and two keyway washers (26). Slide two
centering springs (27) up from holes in housing and lift out. Lift traverse actuator (28) from housing.
28
23
24
26
26 25
27 27 2NL0051
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Inspect all parts for bends, breaks, cracks and distorted threads.
Touch up any shiny areas (except internal components and scales) using solid film lubricant.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
0031 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished (except internal components and scales) with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and
touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per manufacturer’s instructions. Do NOT use SFL on internal
components. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Insert glides with traverse wipers (15), rubber seals (16) and old shim(s) (if present), into channel of
housing.
14 13
13
14
17
13
14
14
15
16
13 14
2NL0347
0031 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
NOTE
If you are installing new glides use the following procedure. Alignment must be done with
internal traverse components removed.
Install traverse glides (14), without traverse wipers (15) and rubber seals (16). Slide traverse bar (17) into
channel. Do not install screws (13). Check to see if glides (14) are in contact with the traverse bar (19).
The traverse bar (17) must be in contact with glides (14) and still move back and forth easily.
If glides (14) are not in contact with the traverse bar you must remove the glides and insert a shim (29).
Begin with the smallest shim and work up until you find the size that allows contact with the traverse bar
without binding. Slip the corner of the shim (29) behind the glide and maneuver the bar back and forth.
NOTE
There is a possibility one or more shims may be needed behind any one glide; or a
combination of different shims provides the best fit. There is no need to have the same
shims behind any glide to have the best fit. Shims may not be needed under all glides.
29
BEND TO
BEND REQUIRED
HERE ANGLE
2NL0054
Once the shim is selected, bend the shim at the point where taper begins. Place the bent shim (29)
behind the guide (14). Install traverse wipers (15) and rubber seals (16) on glides (14). Slide the glides
(14) and shims (29) together into housing on top and bottom of traverse bar. Install screws (13) and
tighten. Remove traverse bar (17).
14 13
13
14
17
13
14
14
15
16
13 14
2NL0347
0031 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
WARNING
Use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Insert actuator cam (28) with spring prongs toward the top. Push actuator (28) completely into housing.
NOTE
Plate cutaway is toward the top and face down. The ridge of each plate should face the
center of housing.
Slide two plates (23 and 24) into slots of keyway washers (26) and along sides of actuator (28).
With curved end of centering springs (26) toward center, insert centering springs (22) into holes of
housing.
NOTE
Locking plate (25) cutaway is toward the top and facing down.
Slide plate (25) into slot in bottom of actuator and bottom of housing.
28
23
24
26
26 25 27
27 2NL0051
0031 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
If removed, install new scale (20) in traverse bar (22) and secure with rivet (21). Peen over head.
Install traverse bar assembly (19) (scale facing up) blank end first through plates. Maneuver plates (back
and forth) if needed to install traverse bar assembly (19). Scale should protrude equally on either side of
housing. Ensure centering springs are snug on the top of the traverse bar.
WARNING
Use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Install two traverse compression springs (18). Insert one end of spring in housing, compress and push
down on spring at the same time, this requires some effort.
17
18
14 13
13
14
18
22
13
14
14
WASHERS
15
16
19 20
13 14
21
2NL0050
0031 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
NOTE
Apply sealing compound to threads of all bolts/screws to be installed.
Adjustment of locking springs may be required to align cover. Use tip of screwdriver to
push spring in while installing cover.
Carefully install cover (10). Engage only a few threads of two screws (9) in opposite corners of the cover.
Using a small screwdriver, position the centering springs into slots in cover. Install and tighten all screws
(7 and 9).
If removed, install reader scale (12) and two button head screws (11) on traverse cover (10).
NOTE
Do not use sealing compound on handle fasteners.
Install traverse handle (6) (with lever to the left) on actuator shaft. With a small punch, come up from the
bottom of handle and align holes in actuator with holes in handle. Install bolt (5) from the top while
removing punch. Attach locking nut (4) and tighten.
10
7
9
11 9 5
12
6
4 2NL0053
0031 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0031 00
Slide mechanical stop (2) on left end of traverse bar (thumbscrew up) and tighten thumbscrew screw (1).
2NL0055
1
Function test the traverse handle. Each complete manipulation of the handle shall move the T&E
approximately 5 mils.
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Remove lever (3) only for replacement.
Remove locking nut (1) and bolt (2) from elevation handle (3). Lift off handle. Discard locking nut (1).
NOTE
Do not remove reader scale (5) unless replacement is required.
Loosen and remove two screws (4) and reader scale (5).
5
4
2
3
1
2NL0056
0032 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0032 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Loosen and remove four screws (7) and shoulder screw (8) from elevation cover (9). Carefully remove
elevation cover (9).
7
9
2NL0057
WARNING
Use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
NOTE
For easier access, rotate the housing so the elevation bar is horizontal (ball end to the
left).
Cover T&E with a cloth; with tip of screwdriver pry up and remove two elevation compression springs (10).
Remove button head screw (18) and washer (19) from bottom of elevation bar assembly (15). Carefully
remove elevation bar assembly (15) by sliding to the left. (Maneuvering left and right plates back and
forth will assist in removal.)
NOTE
Do not remove scale (16) unless replacement is required.
Slide the scale (16) down and out of bar (17). Loosen and remove self-locking nut (18) and screw (19).
Discard self-locking nut.
Remove elevation glides (20). If present, remove shims (21) with glides and annotate their size and
location for reassembly.
Remove elevation plates (22) by pulling up and sliding out. Remove locking plate (23), two keyway
washers (24), and two centering springs (25).
0032 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0032 00
12
22
23
25
10 25 22
11
10
15
24
24
19
20
18
16
20
18 19
20
17
21
20
2NL0058
0032 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0032 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Inspect all parts for bends, breaks, cracks and distorted threads.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP; wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished (except internal components and scales) with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and
touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Insert screw (19) and new self-locking nut (19). If removed, slide new scale (16) in elevation bar (17).
Replace old shim(s) (21) in elevation glides (20). Insert glides (20) into channel of housing.
NOTE
If you are installing new glides use the following alignment procedure. Alignment must be
done with internal elevation components removed.
Install glides (20) into channel of housing. Slide elevation bar (15) into channel. Check if the glides are in
contact with the elevating bar (15). The elevation bar (15) must be in contact with glides (20) and still
move back and forth freely.
If glides (20) are not in contact with the elevation bar you must remove the glides and insert a shim (21).
Begin with the smallest shim and work up until you find the size that allows contact with the elevation bar
without binding. Slip the corner of the shim (21) behind the glide and maneuver the bar back and forth.
NOTE
There is a possibility one or more shims may be needed behind any one glide; or a
combination of different shims provides the best fit. There is no need to have the same
shims behind any glide to have the best fit. Shims may not be needed under all glides.
Once the shim is selected, place the shim (21) behind the guide (20). Slide the glides (20) and shims
(21) together into housing on top and bottom of elevation bar. Remove elevation bar (15).
Put bold spring (11) on shaft (with hole) of actuator (12) and insert into housing (spring down); ensuring
prongs of actuator are facing up. Push down until seated.
0032 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0032 00
12
22
23
25
10 25 22
11
10
15
24
24
19
20
18
16
20
18 19
20
17
21
20
2NL0058
NOTE
Plate cutaway is toward the top and face up. The ridge of each washer should face the
center of housing.
Slide cutaway of two elevation plates (22) under sides of actuator (12) and into slots of keyway washers
(24).
NOTE
Locking plate cutaway is toward the top and face up.
Slide locking plate (23) into slot in bottom of actuator (12) and in bottom of housing.
With curved end of centering springs (25) toward center, insert centering springs (25) into holes of
housing.
0032 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0032 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
NOTE
Maneuver plates and springs to ease installation of elevation bar.
Carefully insert elevation bar assembly (15) by sliding (scale facing down) square end first through plates
(22 and 23) and centering springs (25). Elevation bar should protrude equally on either side of housing.
Ensure the glides are in contact with the elevation bar.
Apply sealing compound and install washer (14) and button head screw (13).
WARNING
Use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Install two elevation compression springs (10). Insert one end of spring in housing, compress and push
down on spring at the same time, this requires some effort.
NOTE
Apply sealing compound to threads of all bolts/screws to be replaced.
Carefully slide on cover (9). Engage only a few threads of two screws in opposite corners of the cover.
Using a small screwdriver, position the centering springs (21) into slot on housing. Install and tighten all
screws.
7
9
2NL0057
0032 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0032 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
If removed, install elevation handle (3) (with handle to the left) on actuator shaft. Using a punch (inserted
from the bottom) align the holes in actuator shaft and handle. Insert shoulder bolt (2) from the top (pushing
out the punch), install new locking nut (1) and tighten. NOTE: Do not use sealing compound on bolt.
Function test the elevation handle, each complete manipulation of elevation handle shall move the scale
approximately 5-mils.
Install flushing plug (6). NOTE: Do not use sealing compound on plug.
5
4
2
3
1
2NL0056
There are no direct support maintenance procedures for the M192 machine gun tripod.
M3 TRIPOD
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0034 00
The M3 machine gun tripod is the standard ground mount for the M2, .50 caliber, Heavy Machine Gun
and MK19 Mod 3 Grenade Machine Gun (GMG), with the addition of the MK64 Mod 9 Machine Gun
Mount or MK93 Mod 1 or Mod 2 Machine Gun Mount.
It has a folding tripod with three telescopic tubular legs connected at the tripod head. Each leg ends in a
metal shoe that can be stamped into the ground for greater stability. The two rear legs are joined
together by a traversing bar. The traversing bar serves as a support for the traverse and elevating
mechanism, that in turn support the rear of the weapon. The tripod head provides a front support for the
weapon that is further supported by the front leg.
2NL0060
TRIPOD (1): Consists of three telescopic tubular legs connected at the tripod head. A traversing bar
joins the two rear legs together.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY (2): Provides a means of attaching the M2, .50 caliber, Heavy Machine Gun. The
pintle inserts into a brass-bushing sleeve on the head assembly of the tripod. The weapon is secured to
the pintle with a bolt, nut and pin.
ELEVATING MECHANISM (T&E) (3): Provides means of controlled manipulation and ability to engage
pre-determined targets. Elevation mechanism allows for traversing, elevating, and locking of T&E to
traverse bar.
Not Applicable.
0034 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0034 00
EQUIPMENT DATA
Not Applicable.
0034 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0035 00
The M3 Machine Gun Tripod is a folding tripod with three telescopic tubular legs connected at the tripod
head. The two rear legs are joined together by a traversing bar. Each leg ends in a metal shoe that can
be stamped into the ground for greater stability. The traversing bar is hinged on one side with a sleeve
and on the other side with a sleeve latch. The traversing bar serves as a support for the traverse and
elevating mechanism, that in turn support the rear of the weapon. The T&E mechanism is used to
engage pre-selected target areas. The elevation scale shows 250-mil depression and 100-mil elevation,
graduated in 1-mil increments. The traverse scale shows 400-mil traverse to the right or left. The T&E is
clamped in place by a traversing slide lock lever. The head provides a front support for the weapon
through a pintle attached to the weapon and tripod.
Components of the M3 Machine Gun Tripod Mount are a tripod (1), pintle (2) and T&E Mechanism (3).
2NL0060
0035 00-1/2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0035 00
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0036 00
TRIPOD
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
Leg latch and/or leg sleeve latch will not lock leg in position.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt and/or rust on leg latch and/or leg sleeve latch. Notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0036 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0036 00
PINTLE ASSEMBLY
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt. Lubricate cleaned areas. Notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt. Lubricate cleaned areas. Notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
Adapter quick release pins will not lock weapon onto mount.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Remove dirt. Lubricate cleaned areas. Notify unit maintenance for repair.
0036 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0036 00
T&E ASSEMBLY
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Wipe dirt or debris from scale. Notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Exercise elevation and traverse in each direction. Remove dirt and/or rust. Notify unit
maintenance for repair.
1 Before/ Tripod Mount Emplace mount. Ensure legs are Parts are broken or
After properly locked and held in a rigid missing, preventing
position. Check for broken or missing safe operation of
parts. Apply light coat of CLP to entire mount.
mount.
Check legs for bends. Ensure legs will Legs are bent; legs
fully extend and sleeve latch will will not lock
securely lock leg in position. securely in
position.
3 Before/ T&E Mechanism Function check operation, both T&E will properly
After elevation/depression and traverse. not elevate/depress
or traverse
4 Before/ M3 Tripod Check tripod mount for cleanliness and Tripod is dirty
After proper lubrication. and/or not properly
lubricated.
NOTE
If you are part of a rapid deployment or divisional combat unit, you can touch up no more
than one-third of the tripod with SFL. If more than one-third of the finish is gone, you
should turn-in the tripod for replacement. All other units can touch-up 100% of the tripod.
Fully extend front (1) and rear (2) legs of tripod and lock in position.
2
1
2NL0061
To adjust the length of the right or left rear leg, loosen manual control handle (3), apply pressure to the
manual control lever (4) and extend leg to desired length. Align a hole in lower leg section with hole in
upper leg section (5), release manual control lever (4) allowing the stud (6) on lever to lock leg sections
together. Tighten manual control handle (3).
NOTE
Only right leg is shown removed for illustration purposes.
4 6
2NL0062
0038 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0038 00
Adjust the length of the front leg following the same procedure as the rear legs. The angle of the front leg
is adjusted by loosening the manual control handle (7). If desired, sandbag each leg of stability.
2NL0063
Unlock the pintle latch (8) and insert pintle (9) into bushing on tripod. Release the pintle latch (8) to
secure the pintle. Bolt (10), nut (11), and pin (12) are used for mounting of weapon.
NOTE
When mounting a weapon, approximately 1 1/2 inches (width of two fingers) of the lower
elevating screw should be visible, and the traversing head should be centered on the
traversing screw.
The T&E mechanism (13) is clamped in place on the traverse bar (14) by the locking lever (15). When
the T&E mechanism (13) is properly installed it is centered on the traverse bar (14), the locking lever (15)
is to the rear, and the traversing hand-wheel (16) is to the right.
16
11
13
15
12
10
9
14
2NL0064
0038 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0038 00
T&E MECHANISM
When the T&E is locked to the traverse bar the traversing hand-wheel should be centered. To make
changes in direction (right or left), loosen the traversing lock lever (17) and move the sleeve along the
traverse bar (18). The T&E will traverse 400-mils left or right from the zero index. The traverse bar is
graduated in 5-mil increments and is numbered every 100-mil from the zero index (right or left) up to 400-
mils. Readings are taken off the traverse bar from the left side of the traversing sleeve. To make
changes of 25-mils or less (right or left) turn the traversing hand wheel (19), the head will appear to move
along the traverse screw, moving the weapon right or left. Each click of the traversing hand wheel (19) is
1-mil deflection. The traverse screw has 50-mils total traverse.
3
1
2
2NL0065
The T&E elevation portion consists of the upper (20) and lower (21) elevating screw and elevating hand-
wheel (22). The upper screw has a scale that is graduated in 50-mil increments (+ 200-mils). The hand-
wheel has a dial scale that is graduated in 5-mil increments (50-mil total). Each click of the hand-wheel
indicates 1-mil of elevation or depression. Turn the hand-wheel clockwise to depress and
counterclockwise to elevate.
20 22
21
2NL0066
0038 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0038 00
Insert pintle into tripod bushing and lock pintle latch. Pull up on pintle to ensure it s locked on place.
Lower weapon onto the pintle aligning the front mounting holes of the weapon with holes in pintle. Insert
bolt (10) through both pintle and weapon. Attach nut (11) aligning locking holes in nut with holes in bolt
(10). Insert cotter pin (12) and bend legs around nut (11).
23
12
11
10
9
8
2NL0348
The MK64 Mod 9 (WP 0076 00) or the MK93 Mod 1 or Mod 2 (WP 0109 00) is required in order to utilize
the MK19 on the M3 Tripod. Refer to the indicated work packages for instructions on mounting either the
M2 or MK19 using the MK64 Mod 9 or the MK93 Mod 1 or Mod 2.
FREE GUN
O
Remove quick release pin (23) from rear of weapon and T&E. Gun is now free to rotate 360 if needed.
To re-engage align the rear mounting holes of the weapon to the traversing head and insert quick release
pin (23).
NOTE
Weapon not shown for clarity.
23
2NL0067
0038 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0038 00
Clear the weapon in accordance with applicable weapon’s operator’s technical manual. Remove quick
release pin (17) from rear of weapon and T&E. Remove pin (12), nut (11), and remove bolt (10) from
pintle (9) and weapon.
Disengage the pintle latch and remove pintle (9). Turn traverse lock lever (15) counterclockwise until
loose, and lift the T&E mechanism (13) from the traverse bar.
16
11
13
15
12
10
9
14
2NL0064
If rear legs are extended loosen manual control handle (3), apply pressure to the manual control lever (4),
and slide the lower leg section into upper leg section. Align last hole in lower leg section with hole in
upper leg section (5), release manual control lever (4) allowing the stud (6) on lever to lock leg sections
together.
NOTE
Only right leg is shown removed for illustration purposes.
4 6
2NL0062
0038 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0038 00
Depress the sleeve latch (18) and fold the rear legs (2) together, fold the front leg (1) rearward.
2
1
18
2NL0068
NOTE
Use non-electrical wire to attach components to folded tripod.
0038 00-6
UNIT MAINTENANCE
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0039 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove cotter pin (3), slotted plain nut (4), and machine bolt (5) from mount pintle (1). Discard cotter pin.
Turn remote control lever (6) counterclockwise and remove elevation mechanism (7) from traversing bar
assembly (8).
4
6 1
5
3
2NL0069
0039 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0039 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Inspect for broken, damaged, or missing parts; check welds for cracks.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
NOTE
Deploying or combat units may touch-up no more than one third of the tripod with SFL. If
more than one third of the surface needs touch-up turn the tripod in for replacement (free
issue). All other units may touch-up the entire tripod.
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Place T&E mechanism (7) on traversing bar assembly (8) and secure by turning remote control lever (6)
clockwise.
4
6 1
5
3
2NL0069
0039 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0039 00
Insert machine bolt (5) through holes in pintle (1), attach slotted plain nut (4) and tighten aligning holes in
nut (4) and bolt (5). Insert new cotter pin (3), bend legs of cotter pin only enough to secure.
INITIAL SETUP
NOTE
Unit maintenance on the tripod legs (left rear, and right rear) consists of replacing
hardware that is missing or damaged. Procedures for both legs are identical, except
where noted. Only the right leg is illustrated, and is shown removed for clarity.
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
To avoid injury to your eyes, wear safety glasses when grinding parts.
NOTE
If straight pin (1) cannot be removed, notify direct support maintenance.
Remove headless straight pin (1). Remove manual control lever (2) and helical compression spring (3).
(Right leg only.)
4 9
10
2 6
7
1 3
2NL0070
0040 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0040 00
Using a hammer and punch, remove spring pin (6), hexagon plain nut (7), and manual control handle (8)
from leg (9). Discard spring pin (6).
4 9
10
2 6
7
1 3
2NL0070
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0040 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0040 00
ASSEMBLY
Slide lower leg section (10) into leg (9) and install new lock-washer (5) and setscrew (4).
Install manual control handle (11) in leg (12). Screw hexagon plain nut (10) on manual control handle
and tighten, leaving a 0.005 + 0.015 in. (0.013 + 0.038 cm) clearance between hexagon plain nut and leg.
If new manual control handle (8) is installed, drill a 0.062 + 0.003 in. (0.157 + 0.008 cm) diameter hole for
spring pin (6) in manual control handle (8), using hexagon plain nut (7) as a guide. Install new spring pin
(6). Stake nut at both ends of spring pin.
HINT: Three sheets of paper are approximately .003 thick. Tighten nut, with paper between the leg (9)
and nut, until the paper can be pulled out but a drag is felt.
4 9
10
2 6
7
1 3
2NL0070
Install helical compression spring (3), manual control lever (2), and headless straight pin (1). Stake
headless straight pin (1) securely at both ends.
NOTE
Manual control should pivot freely after staking and return to original position by spring
force after compression.
Tripod leg section (10) should slide freely when clamping is released.
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMLBY
Using a hammer and punch, remove spring pin (1), turn front leg clamping nut (2) counterclockwise and
remove. Discard spring pin.
Remove machine bolt (3) and front tripod mount leg (4).
Using a hammer and punch, remove headless straight pin (5) from screw (6).
Remove eight machine screws (7) and two retaining plates (8) from bearing assembly head (9).
9 8
5
3
6
8
4
7 2
2NL0071
0041 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0041 00
DISASSEMLBY (cont)
NOTE
Be sure the mount latch is locked before removing.
Loosen and remove two machine screws (10), two lock-washers (11), and pintle mount latch (12) from
bearing assembly head (9). Discard lock-washers (11).
Further disassembly of pintle mount latch (12) is not authorized, for repair notify direct support
maintenance.
12
11
11
10 10
2NL0072
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing/installing spring loaded parts.
NOTE
Remove parts only for repair/replacement.
Using a hammer and punch, remove headless straight pin (13) and discard. Remove remote control
lever (14) and helical spring (15).
13
14 16
15
20
17
21
18
19
22
2NL0073
0041 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0041 00
Using a hammer and punch, remove spring pin (18), hexagon plain nut (19), and manual control handle
(20) from upper leg (21). Discard spring pin (18).
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
NOTE
Deploying or combat units may touch-up no more than one third of the tripod with SFL. If
more than one third of the surface needs touch-up turn the tripod in for replacement (free
issue). All other units may touch-up the entire tripod.
ASSEMBLY
Insert lower leg (22) into upper leg (21) aligning groove with setscrew hole. Install new lock-washer (17)
and setscrew (16), and tighten.
Install manual control handle (20) into upper leg (21). Screw hexagon plain nut (19) on manual control
handle (20) and tighten, leaving a 0.005 + 0.015 in. (0.013 + 0.038 cm) clearance between hexagon plain
nut (19) and upper leg (21). If a new manual control handle is installed, drill a 0.062 + 0.003 in. (0.157 +
0.008 cm) hole through nut and new manual control handle for new spring pin (18). Install new spring pin
(18). Stake nut at both ends of spring pin.
13
14 16
15
20
17
21
18
19
22
2NL0073
0041 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0041 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
If removed, install helical spring (15), remote control lever (14) and new headless straight pin (13). Stake
nut at both ends of spring pin.
13
14 16
15
20
17
21
18
19
22
2NL0073
NOTE
Remote control lever (14) should pivot freely after staking and return to original position
by spring tension.
Leg (22) should slide freely when clamping is released and remote control lever (14) is
retracted.
Install pintle mount latch (12), two new lock-washers (11), and two machine screws (10) to bearing
assembly head (9).
12
11
11
10 10
2NL0072
0041 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0041 00
Install two retaining plates (8) on bearing assembly head (9) and secure with eight machine screws (7).
Position front tripod mount leg (4) on bearing assembly head (9). Slide bolt (3) through front tripod mount
leg (4) and bearing assembly head (9) and secure with front leg clamping nut (2) and new spring pin (1).
Stake pin at both ends.
9 8
5
3
6
8
4
7 2
2NL0071
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Remove chain from quick release pin only for replacement.
Pry open links on ends of single chain assembly (1) and remove single chain assembly from yoke (3) and
quick release pin (2). Remove quick release pin (2) from of yoke (3).
2
3
2NL0074
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Remove machine screw (4) and lock-washer (5) from locking lever (6). Discard lock-washer (5).
8
6
7 5
2NL0075
0042 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0042 00
Remove helical torsion spring (7), turn self-locking screw (8) counterclockwise and remove from elevating
mechanism sleeve (9).
8
6
7 5
2NL0075
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0042 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0042 00
ASSEMBLY
Install self-locking screw (8) halfway into elevating mechanism sleeve (9).
NOTE
Self-locking screw (8) will need to be adjusted when locking lever is installed
Place elevating mechanism sleeve (9) on traverse bar, and tighten self-locking screw (8). Elevating
mechanism sleeve (9) should remain on bar without support.
Place helical torsion spring (7) in hole on backside of locking lever (6).
Slide helical torsion spring (7) with locking lever (6) onto self-locking screw (8); with locking lever (6)
pointed to the right and leg of spring pointed to the left. Secure to the elevating mechanism sleeve (9)
with new lock-washer (5) and machine screw (4). Locking lever should point to right and be horizontal to
the traverse bar.
Function test; when locking lever is disengaged T&E should slide off traverse bar.
8
6
7 5
2NL0075
Push quick release pin (2) into yoke (3). Rotate quick release pin (2) to lock. Crimp links on ends of
single chain assembly (1) to yoke (3) and quick release pin (2).
2
3
2NL0074
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove two hexagon plain nuts (1) and two machine bolts (2). Pull left tripod mount leg (3) and right rear
tripod mount leg (4) from bearing head assembly (5).
Remove two hexagon plain nuts (6), two machine bolts (7), and pull traversing bar assembly (8) from
collar (9) and sliding sleeve (10).
Remove two hexagon plain nuts (11), two machine bolts (11), and two sleeve spacers (13) from bearing
assembly head (5).
2
6 12
3
9
6
5
7
8 13
10 11
4 7 1
2NL0076
0043 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0043 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Remove setscrew (15). Using punch and hammer, tap sleeve bearing (14) from bearing head assembly (5).
14
15
2NL0077
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0043 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0043 00
ASSEMBLY
Apply a bead of sealing compound under lip of sleeve bearing. Push sleeve bearing (14) into tripod head
(5), if needed tap evenly around sleeve bearing (14) with brass hammer until fully seated. Install
setscrew (15).
14
15
2NL0077
Position sleeve spacers (13) under bearing head (5); install and tighten two machine bolts (12), and two
hexagon plain nuts (11) in bearing head assembly (5).
Slide left rear tripod leg (3) and right rear tripod mount leg (4) in bearing head assembly (5) and secure
with two machine bolts (2) and two nuts (1). Legs should pivot freely in unlocked position.
Turn tripod upside down and stake nuts (1 and 11) to machine bolts (2 and 12) in three places.
2
12
3
13
11
4 1
2NL0078
0043 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0043 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Position nonadjustable end (16) of traversing bar assembly (8) into collar (9) of left rear tripod mount leg
(3) and secure with machine bolt (7) and hexagon plain nut (6). Stake nut (6) to machine bolt in three
places.
Position adjustable end (17) of traversing bar assembly (8) into sliding sleeve (10) of right rear tripod
mount leg (4) and loosely install machine bolt (7) and hexagon plain nut (6). Adjust traversing bar
assembly (8) so that gap between sliding sleeve (10) and locking sleeve (18) is between 0.50 and 0.75 in.
(1.27 and 1.91 cm). Stake adjustable nut (19) in one place. Tighten and stake nut (6) to machine bolt in
three places.
3
7
16 15
19
17 8 6
7
18
4 6
10
2ML0079
NOTE
After repair, attach tripod components to leg assembly with non-electrical wire to ensure
entire system is returned to unit.
0043 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0044 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
To avoid injury to your eyes, wear safety glasses when grinding parts.
NOTE
Right leg only shown removed for clarity.
Grind down staking on one end of headless straight pin (1) and remove. Remove lock-release lever (2)
and helical spring (3). Discard headless straight pin (1).
2
1
2NL0080
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0044 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0044 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
NOTE
If you are part of a rapid deployment or divisional combat unit, you can touch up no more
than one-third of the tripod with SFL. If more than one-third of the finish is gone, you
should turn-in the tripod for replacement. All other units can touch-up 100% of the tripod.
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Insert helical spring (3),into hole of lock-release lever (2). Align lock-release lever (2) to leg and insert
new headless straight pin (1). Stake headless straight pin securely at both ends.
2
1
2NL0080
0044 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0045 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove machine screws (1), and lock-washers (2), then lower latch assembly away from tripod head.
Discard lock-washers
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, wear safety glasses when grinding parts.
Grind head off solid rivet (3). Remove solid rivet and pintle lock release cam (4). Discard solid rivet.
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Remove housing (7) and two helical compression springs (8) from lock (6).
6
7 8
5
3
2
4
1 2NL0081
0045 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0045 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
If shaft collar, lock, or housing are broken, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Insert two helical compression springs (8) in lock (6). Slide lock (6) in housing (7) so that post sticks out
through U-shaped opening of housing.
Slide shaft collar (5) on lock (6), align hole in lock with hole in collar.
Position pintle lock release cam (4) over lock (6) and secure with new solid rivet (3). Peen over end of
rivet. Pintle lock release cam (4) should pivot freely after riveting.
6
7 8
5
3
2
4
1 2NL0081
Align latch assembly to underside of tripod head, insert new lock-washers (2) and machine screws (1).
0045 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Pry open link on end of single chain assembly (3) and remove from yoke (2).
1
2
2NL0082
Remove two self-locking nuts (4 and 5), and flat washer (6). Discard self-locking nuts (4 and 5).
4
6
2NL0083
0046 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Slide the traversing hand-wheel (7) off the traversing screw as a unit.
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Separate union nut (8), scale dial (9), headless straight pin (10), helical compression spring (11), and
knob (12).
10
11
7
8
9
12
2NL0084
Remove woodruff key (13) from traversing screw (14). Push traversing click ring (15) from yoke (2) and
remove traversing screw (14) from yoke (2) by turning counterclockwise.
15
14
13
2NL0085
0046 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
Pull out slightly on flat spring (16) and remove elevating screw assembly (17) from elevating mechanism
sleeve (18) by turning counterclockwise.
17
16
18
2NL0086
Remove staking from stop (19). Turn elevating screw till flush with topside of dial. Turn elevating screw
upside down and clamp the knob of stop assembly in a vise with brass jaw covers. Using spanner
wrench (item 5, WP 0121 00), remove stop (19) from end of lower elevation screw (20).
19
20
2NL0087
Remove upper elevation screw (21) with scale (22) attached by turning counterclockwise.
NOTE
Remove scale only for replacement.
Break staking on side of scale (22), and slide plate out the bottom of the channel
21
22
2NL0088
0046 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Using spanner wrench (item 6, WP 0193 00), remove externally threaded ring (23) from lower elevation
screw (20) by turning counterclockwise.
20
23
2NL0089
Remove setscrew (24), and separate lower elevation screw (20) from knob (25).
25
26
20
2NL0090
Smooth stake marks on elevating click ring (26) with a small file and remove ring. Separate the dial
pointer (27) from knob (25).
27
25
26
2NL0091
0046 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Tap headless straight pin (28) and compression helical spring (29) out through the center hole of knob
(25).
If anchor pin (30) has any damage, drill out using a 0.125 (1/8) in. twist drill.
25
30
29
28
2NL0092
Smooth staked metal on flat spring (16) with a small file and slide out of channel on elevating mechanism
sleeve (18).
NOTE
Remove plug (32) only if damaged.
Smooth stakes on bottom of elevating sleeve. Remove and discard plug (32).
31
16
18
32
2NL0093
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0046 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
NOTE
Do not apply SFL to threads or any internal components.
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Slide flat spring (16) into channel of elevating mechanism sleeve (18), and stake in four places near the
bottom. Install new spring pin (31) and stake material of elevating mechanism sleeve (18) over spring pin
on both ends.
NOTE
Install new plug (32) only if removed.
Invert elevating sleeve and install new plug (32); stake in four equally spaced places.
31
16
18
32
2NL0093
NOTE
If anchor pin (30) was removed, perform the following two steps.
Drill out any portion of anchor pin (30) remaining in hole of knob (25) using a 0.125 (1/8) in. twist drill.
Insert headless straight pin (28), helical compression spring (29), and anchor pin (30) in side of knob (25),
tap in till flush. Anchor pin is to be flush to 0.010 in. (0.025 cm) below outer diameter of knob (25). Stake
rim of hole in three equally spaced places.
28
29
30 25
2NL0094
0046 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
NOTE
If anchor pin (30) was not removed, perform the following two steps.
Install helical compression spring (29) and headless straight pin (28) through center hole of knob (25).
Apply pressure to end of headless straight pin (28) and hold it recessed in the hole while inserting
elevating click ring (26). Make sure key of elevating click ring is aligned with 0 graduation mark on knob
(25).
28
15
25 25
20
29
28
29
26
2NL0095
Position lower elevation screw (20) under elevating click ring (25) and rest it on a flat surface. Lay dial
pointer (27) on elevation click ring. Make sure dial pointer aligns within 0.030 in. (0.076 cm) of 0
graduation. Stake in three places 120 + 5 degrees apart.
27
40 35
30
45
25
25
20
20
5
10 15
27
2NL0096
0046 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
If removed, install slotted line scale (22), position as far as possible toward upper (curved) end of groove.
Stake on both sides at top, middle, and bottom of slotted line scale (six locations total) in the base (root)
of thread area to prevent thread damage.
Slide knob (25) on upper elevation screw (20). Align top of dial pointer (27) with 0 graduation on
designation plate (22). Screw Lower elevation screw (20) on upper elevation screw (221) until fully
seated in knob (25). Recheck graduation alignment to make sure it is correct.
Install externally threaded ring (23) on elevating screw (20). Tighten externally threaded ring with
spanner wrench (item 6, WP 0121 00) until flush with bottom of knob (25) and stake in two equally
spaced places.
200 21
150
100
22
50 27
0
50 25
100
150
200
22
20
23
2NL0097
NOTE
If threaded hole in knob does not align with original hole in flange of lower elevation
screw, perform the following step. If holes are aligned, skip next step.
Put a 0.078 (5/64) in. twist drill through the threaded flange hole in lower elevation screw (20) and drill to
a to a depth of 0.30 in. (0.76 cm).
Recheck to make sure graduation alignment has been maintained. Install and tighten setscrew (24).
17
20
35
40
24
45
0
5 10
2NL0098
0046 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
21
20
2NL0099
Turn elevating screw upside down and clamp the knob (25) in a vise with brass jaw covers. Using
spanner wrench (item 5, WP 0121 00), install automatic gun stop (19) until flush with knob (25) and stake
in two equally spaced places.
19
25
2NL0087B
Pull back slightly on flat spring (16), and install elevating screw assembly (17) in elevating mechanism
sleeve (18) by turning clockwise..
17
16
18
2NL0086
0046 00-9
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Push traversing click ring (15) onto traversing screw (14). Thread traversing screw (14) through yoke (3)
and head of elevating screw (32). Place washer (6) on shaft and install new self-locking nut (4).
4 3
6
15
32 14
2NL0100
Assemble union nut (8), scale dial (9), headless straight pin (10), helical compression spring (11), and
knob (12) to make traversing hand-wheel (7).
10
11
7
8
9
12
2NL0084
0046 00-10
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0046 00
Insert woodruff key (12) in slot of traversing screw (14). Align keyway on inside diameter of traversing
hand-wheel (7) with woodruff key and push on to traversing screw (14). Secure with new self-locking nut
(5). Traversing hand-wheel should move freely with no more than 1/16 of a turn backlash.
14
7
12
2NL0101
Insert quick release pin (1) in yoke (2). Crimp link on end of single chain assembly (3) to yoke (2).
1
2
2NL0082
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0047 00
The M142 Machine Gun Mount is a component assembly, designed to mount the M60 machine gun and
the M249 SAWS in vehicle applications. The M142 is to be installed into a pintle socket of pedestal, ring,
or cupola mount located on a vehicle. The mount consists of a cradle, pintle, ammunition box tray, and
securing pins or latches.
1 4
2NL0106
CRADLE ASSEMBLY (1) – Designed to provide support for the M60 machine gun or M249 SAWS and
an ammunition holder assembly.
PINTLE ASSEMBLY (2) – Provides a pintle that is to be inserted into the vehicle socket. Also consists of
a quick release pin, used as a travel lock when the vehicle is in motion.
PLATFORM ASSEMBLY (3) – Connected to the pintle, the platform provides a means to mount the M60
machine gun or M249 SAWS.
HOLDER ASSEMBLY (4) – Connected to the cradle the holder provides a means to support the
appropriate ammunition can.
Not Applicable.
0047 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0047 00
EQUIPMENT DATA
0047 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0048 00
WARNING
The use of this mount configuration is not authorized for overhead fire training without
application of modification required in accordance with SOUM 04-007. Death or serious
injury can occur. Contact TRADOC for further information.
The M142 Machine Gun Mount is a component assembly, designed to mount the M60 machine gun and
the M249 SAWS in the light machine gun role in vehicle applications. The M142 is to be installed into a
pintle socket of a pedestal, ring, or cupola mount located on a vehicle. The mount consists of a cradle
(1), pintle (2), ammunition box tray (4), and securing pins or latches (3).
The purpose of the mount is to hold a machine gun and ammunition while providing the capability to
elevate, depress and traverse the weapon.
1 4
2NL0106
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
Pintle is burred.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
Catch strike spring will not hold machine gun to platform assembly.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0049 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0049 00
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0049 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0050 00
Before/ M142 Machine Ensure mount is clean and lubricated. Mount is dirty or dry.
After Gun Mount
Check pins for bends, burrs and Pins are bent, burred
corrosion; and for proper installation or corroded. Mount
not installed
correctly.
4
3
1 1
2NL0107
M60 MACHINE GUN - To install weapon, place the weapon into the cradle with the forearm over the
platform. Engage the platform hook (5) into the forearm hole. Push down and forward on the weapon,
open the platform catch (6) and close it over the weapons mounting pin.
5
6
0051 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0051 00
M249 SQUAD AUTOMATIC WEAPON – Place the square locking bar at the rear of the adapter (AAL
item) (7) in the hook of the platform assembly (5). Engage the round mounting bar at the front of the
adapter in the catch strike of the platform assembly (5). Place the weapon between the adapter upright,
align mounting holes and engage the locking pin (8) from right to left.
7
5
8
2NL0109
WARNING
Weapons shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles, except when
travel lock is engaged. If weapon is not manned in a turret, the ring must be locked
forward, the travel lock must be attached, and all adjustment screw must be tightened.
0051 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0051 00
FREE GUN
M60 MACHINE GUN - Load weapon in accordance with applicable weapons TM. Loosen pintle-clamping
screws (1), allowing mount to traverse in socket. (If mount is installed on a ring, release brake assembly
O
and pintle lock.) Remove travel lock pin (quick release pin) (4), weapon is now free to rotate 360 , if
needed. To re-engage, insert the travel lock pin (quick release pin) (4) and tighten the pintle-clamping
screw (1).
1 1
2NL0110
M249 SQUAD AUTOMATIC WEAPON - Load weapon in accordance with applicable weapons TM.
Loosen pintle-clamping screws (1), allowing mount to traverse in socket. (If mount is installed on a ring,
release brake assembly and pintle lock.) Remove travel lock pin (quick release pin) (4).
1 1
2NL0111
0051 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0051 00
Clear the weapon in accordance with applicable weapon’s operator’s technical manual.
M60 MACHINE GUN - To remove the weapon, open the platform catch (6) and pull up and rearward on
the weapons buttstock, disengaging the forearm from the platform hook (5).
5
6
2NL0112
M249 SQUAD AUTOMATIC WEAPON - Disengage the locking pin (8) and remove the weapon from
adapter upright.
7
5
8
2NL0113
0051 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0051 00
WARNING
Weapons shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles, except when
travel lock is engaged. If weapon is not manned in a turret, the ring must be locked
forward, the travel lock must be attached, and all adjustment screw must be tightened.
M60 MACHINE GUN - Before vehicle movement tighten the pintle clamping screws (1). Insert the travel
lock pin (quick release pin) (4) to prevent mount from elevating or depressing. If mount is installed on a
ring, engage the pintle clamp and lock the brake assembly.
1 1
2NL0114
M249 SQUAD AUTOMATIC WEAPON - Tighten pintle-clamping screws (1), locking mount in socket. (If
mount is installed on a ring, tighten brake assembly and engage pintle lock.) Install travel lock pin (quick
release pin) (4).
1 1
2NL0111
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove chain assembly (1) from quick release pin (2) and mount pintle (3).
2NL0115
0052 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0052 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Remove cotter pin (4), slotted plain nut (5), flat washer (6), and shoulder bolt (7); platform assembly (8)
is now free to be lifted from pintle. Discard cotter pin.
8 7
5
3
2NL0116
Remove non-electrical wire (9) and three hexagon cap screws (10). Remove machine gun cradle (11)
from platform assembly (8). Discard non-electrical wire.
11
10
8
2NL0117
0052 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0052 00
Remove non-electrical wire (12), four hexagon cap screws (13), and holder assembly (14) from machine
gun cradle (11). Discard non-electrical wire.
13
12
13
12
14
11
2NL0118
Remove machine screw (15) and hexagon plain nut (16) from mount pintle (3).
16
15 3
2NL0119
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0052 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0052 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Place hexagon plain nut (15) on machine screw (16) and install in mount pintle (3).
16
15 3
2NL0119
Place gun holder assembly (14) on machine gun cradle (11) and secure with four hexagon cap screws
(13). Using new non-electrical wire (9) lock-wire cap screws (13) together on either side.
13
12
13
12
14
11
2NL0118
0052 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0052 00
Place machine gun cradle (11) on platform assembly (8) and secure with three hexagon cap screws (10)
Using new non-electrical wire (9) lock-wire cap screws (10) together on either side.
11
10
8
2NL0117
While holding platform assembly (8) on mount pintle (3), secure with shoulder bolt (7), flat washer (6),
and slotted plain nut (5). Align slotted plain nut with shoulder bolt and install new cotter pin (4). Bend
cotter pin legs around slotted nut.
8 7
5
3
2NL0116
0052 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0052 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Install single chain assembly (1) on mount pintle (3) and quick release pin (2). Crimp ends of chain
assembly (1) closed.
2NL0115
0052 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0053 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove ring (2) from adapter body (4); remove ring (3) from detent pin (5).
3
5
2NL0120
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Replace detent pin if bent, broken, or will not lock securely in adapter body.
Inspect adapter body for bends or cracks; if damaged replace next higher assembly.
0053 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0053 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Attach ring (3) to adapter body (4); attach ring (2) to detect pin (5).
3
5
2NL0120
0053 00-2
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0054 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Remove headless grooved pin (1), torsion helical spring (2), and catch strike (3) from platform assembly
(4).
3
4
2NL0121
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0054 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0054 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with SFL. Allow to dry per
manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Have helper assist in reassembly.
Place torsion helical spring (2) and catch strike (3) on platform assembly (4) and secure with headless
grooved pin (1).
3
4
2NL0121
0054 00-2
CHAPTER 6
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0055 00
The 6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount is a component assembly designed to mount the M2 Machine
Gun in vehicle applications. The 6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount is to be installed into a pintle
socket of a ring, or cupola mount located on a vehicle. The mount is composed of a cradle, pintle,
ammunition box tray, and securing pins or latches.
3
2
2NL0122
CRADLE ASSEMBLY (1) – Designed to provide support for the M2 Machine Gun and an ammunition
tray assembly.
PINTLE (2) – Provides a pintle that is inserted into the pintle socket of a ring, or cupola mount located on
a vehicle.
TRAY ASSEMBLY, AMMUNITION BOX (3) – This assembly connects to the ammunition bracket and
provides a means of for an ammunition can.
Not Applicable.
0055 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0055 00
EQUIPMENT DATA
0055 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0056 00
The 6650, .50 Caliber, machine gun mount is a component assembly designed to mount the M2 machine
gun in vehicle applications. The 6650, .50 Caliber, machine gun mount is to be installed into a pintle
socket of a ring, or cupola mount located on a vehicle. The mount is composed of a cradle (1), pintle (2),
ammunition box tray (3), and securing pins or latches.
3
2
2NL0122
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Verify machine gun is properly mounted. Notify unit maintenance of adjustment of equilibrator.
0057 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0057 00
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0057 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0058 00
1 Before/ 6650, .50 Check mount for corrosion, dirt and Mount shows
After Caliber, Machine lubrication. corrosion, is dirty,
Gun Mount or is not properly
lubricated.
Attach ammunition bracket (1) to cradle (2) using four machine bolts (3) and washers (4). Attach
ammunition tray assembly (5) by sliding the front end into the channels of the ammunition bracket (1).
Depress the cam lock (6) to lock in place.
NOTE
The pressure foot (7) sets on top of the ammunition to prevent ammunition from falling
from ammunition box when mount is fully elevated.
5
4
3
1
3
4
2NL0123
0059 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0059 00
To attach the M2 machine gun, place the machine gun in the cradle and align the front and rear mounting
points (8) of the receiver to the mounting holes of the cradle. Insert two quick release pins (9), making
sure they are completely through the gun and both sides of the cradle (2).
2 2NL0124
FREE GUN
If engaged, release the mount tie bar from the cradle by moving the cradle to maximum depression. The tie
bar will disengage itself (spring action). Remove the travel lock pin (quick release pin) from the pintle
mount. Loosen the pintle clamping screw on the vehicle socket enough to allow the mount to traverse in
O
the socket. If installed on a ring, release the brake assembly. The gun is now free to travel 360 , if
needed.
0059 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0059 00
Clear the weapon in accordance with weapons operators TM. Pull two quick release pins from mount
and weapons receiver, and lift weapon from mount.
Insert the travel lock pin (quick release pin) (9) to prevent mount from depressing/elevating, making sure
they are completely through both sides of the cradle (2). Tighten the pintle clamping screw (engage ring
brake assembly).
The 6650 .50 cal machine gun mount has a travel lock tie bar in addition to the travel lock pin. The tie bar
is attached to the pintle and connects to the lower portion of the cradle.
WARNING
Weapons shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles, except when
travel lock is engaged. If weapon is not manned in a turret, the ring must be locked
forward, the travel lock must be attached, and all adjustment screw must be tightened.
NOTE
Weapon and quick release pins and ammunition tray assembly removed for clarity.
Engage the tie bar (10) by raising the machine gun barrel to maximum elevation, lift the tie bar and insert
the end of the tie bar into the forward end of the channel on the bottom of the cradle. Holding the tie bar
in position, depress the machine gun barrel and cradle to a horizontal position.
2NL0125
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove three quick release pins (1) from machine gun mount assembly (2). Open the end link (3) and
remove chains from attachment points on cradle.
Rotate cam (4) counterclockwise and remove ammunition box tray assembly (5) from ammunition bracket
(6). Remove four hexagon head screws (7), four lock-washers (8), and ammunition bracket (6) from
machine gun cradle. Discard lock-washers.
Disassembly of equilibrator is not authorized; notify direct support maintenance for repair. To correct
horizontal adjustment of equilibrator proceed to ADJUSTMENT procedure (WP 0061 00).
3
1
8 5
7
6
4
7 2
8
2NL0126
0060 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0060 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
The 6650, .50 caliber, machine gun mount is a repairable assembly; notify direct support maintenance.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Align holes in ammunition bracket (6) to holes of machine gun cradle and secure with four new lock-
washers (8) and four hexagon head screws (7).
Place ammunition box (5) on ammunition bracket (6) and rotate cam (4) clockwise to lock.
Insert open link end (3) to attachment points on cradle, and crimp the link closed.
3
1
8 5
7
6
4
7 2
8
2NL0126
0060 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0061 00
ADJUSTMENT
WARNING
Adjustment of equilibrator must be performed prior to firing of any weapon.
NOTE
When the 6650, .50 caliber, machine gun mount is mounted to the vehicle, the
equilibrator should act as a counterbalance, retaining the weapon (and full ammunition
can) in a horizontal position. If the weapon is not horizontal, note the approximate angle
of adjustment required and perform this procedure.
NOTE
An ammunition can weighted to approximately 36.5 lbs may be used.
Place a full box of dummy (or live) ammunition in ammunition bracket (WP 0059 00).
2NL0127
0061 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0061 00
CAUTION
Do not load ammunition into machine gun.
NOTE
Weapon removed for clarity.
The equilibrator should retain the machine gun in a horizontal position when the travel locks are
disconnected.
The equilibrator spring should function to counterbalance the weight of the machine gun and ammunition.
Adjustment is made by placing socket on hexagon portion if case (1), holding the case to the machine
gun cradle. Remove hexagon head cap screw (2) and lock-washer (3) from the adjusting hole on the side
of the case. Using socket wrench, rotate case in the required direction until the machine is horizontal.
Install lock-washer (3) and hexagon head cap screw (2) into adjusting hole of case (1) and tighten.
1
2/3
2NL0128
0061 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0062 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove ammunition box mounting tray assembly (1) from ammunition loading tray (2) by rotating cam
lever (3) upward and sliding ammunition box mounting tray assembly (1) downward from ammunition
loading tray.
2NL0102
0062 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0062 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Pry up ends of cotter pin (4), remove and discard cotter pin. Tap out straight pin (5).
4
7
5
2NL0129
Pry up ends of cotter pin (6), remove and discard cotter pin.
Rotate top pressure strap assembly (7) downward to relieve spring tension.
Tap out straight pin (10), and separate helical torsion spring (11) from top of pressure strap (9) and rear
strap assembly (12).
11
8
9 10
12
2NL0130
0062 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0062 00
Pry up ends of cotter pin (13), remove and discard cotter pin.
Tap out straight pin (14), and separate helical torsion spring (15) from rear pressure strap (12) and
ammunition loading tray (2).
12
13
15
14
2NL0131
NOTE
Remove only if rivet or cam are damaged.
Position a punch under head of solid rivet (17) and hit with a hammer to break-off head of rivet. Discard
rivet. Remove cam (18).
18
17
2NL0132
0062 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0062 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Inspect ammunition box bracket assembly (1); if bracket is damaged; or if welded lugs (19) are missing,
damaged or unserviceable, repair is by replacement of assembly.
17
2NL0133
Inspect ammunition loading tray (2); if damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
2NL0134
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0062 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0062 00
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Perform this step only if the rivet was removed.
Align cam (19) to hole in ammunition tray (2) and insert rivet (18). Turn ammunition loading tray upright
(on end). Using a hard surface (vise jaw) as an anvil, peen over back end of rivet with punch and
hammer.
19
18
2NL0135
Position rear strap (12) against ammunition holding tray (2) with pinholes aligned.
12
13
15
14
2NL0131
Position helical torsion spring (15) between pinholes, ends upward as shown.
Insert straight pin (15) through rear (12) and first set of coils of helical torsion spring (16).
Using pliers, rotate tab on helical torsion spring (15) downward so tab is seated on ammunition holding
tray (2).
0062 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0062 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Tap straight pin (14) through second set of coils and other side of rear strap (12) and ammunition holding
tray (2).
Install new cotter pin (13) through hole in end of straight pin. Using pliers, bend the ends of cotter pin
around the straight pin (14).
12
13
15
14
2NL0131
Position top pressure strap (9) against rear strap (12) with pinholes aligned.
Seat tab of helical torsion spring (11) on top pressure strap (9) with coils of helical torsion spring aligned
with pinholes in top pressure strap assembly.
NOTE
The two ends of helical torsion spring will stick upward and tab will rest on top pressure
strap assembly when aligned correctly.
11
8
9 10
12
2NL0130
0062 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0062 00
Insert straight pin (10) through top pressure strap (9) and first set of coils on helical torsion spring (11).
Using pliers, rotate tab on helical torsion spring (11) downward until tab is seated on rear strap (12).
Tap straight pin (10) through second set of coils and other side of pressure strap (9) and rear strap (12).
Install new cotter pin (8) through hole in end of straight pin. Using pliers, bend the ends of cotter pin
around the straight pin (10).
Align pinholes in top pressure strap (7) with those in pad assembly (7).
4
7
5
2NL0129
Install new cotter pin (4) through hole in end of straight pin. Using pliers, bend the ends of cotter pin
around the straight pin (5).
Position ammunition box bracket assembly (1) below ammunition loading tray (2) with grooves aligned.
Lift cam (19) on ammunition loading tray (2) and slide ammunition box bracket assembly (1) upward into
grooves of ammunition loading tray (2).
Push cam (19) down to hold ammunition box bracket assembly (1) in place.
2NL0102
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove three quick release pins (1) from machine gun mount assembly (2). Open the end link (3) and
remove chains from attachment points on cradle.
Rotate cam (4) counterclockwise and remove ammunition box tray assembly (5) from ammunition bracket
(6). Remove four hexagon head screws (7), four lock-washers (8), and ammunition bracket (6) from
machine gun cradle. Discard lock-washers.
3
1
8 5
7
6
4
7 2
8
2NL0126
0063 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0063 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Clamp machine gun cradle (9) in vise with case (10) facing to the front.
WARNING
Case is under spring tension. To avoid injury to personnel, do NOT release wrench until
tension has been complete relieved from spring.
Place a socket (or combination) wrench on hexagon portion of case (10). Hold handle to counterbalance
spring tension, and remove hexagon head cap screw (11) and lock-washer (12). Discard lock-washer.
Allow socket handle (or combination) wrench to rotate fully several turns to relieve spring tension.
Remove socket (or combination) wrench.
11/12
10
2NL0136
Remove equilibrator stud (13) and lock-washer (14) from case (10), and remove case. Discard lock-
washer.
13 14
10
2NL0137
0063 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0063 00
Remove torsion spiral spring (15) and flat washer (16) from headless grooved pin (17).
16
17
15
2NL0138
NOTE
Remove machine gun cradle from vise.
Remove two wicks (18), two hexagon plain nuts (19), two lock-washers (20), and two threaded tapered
pins (21). Remove headless straight pin (22) and headless grooved pin (23) from machine gun cradle
(9). Separate mount pintle (24) from machine gun cradle (9). Discard lock-washers.
18 22
9
21
21
20
23 19
20
19
24
2NL0139
0063 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0063 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Remove hexagon plain nut (25), lock-washer (26), and rod end clevis (27) with attached parts from mount
pintle (24). Discard lock-washer.
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Remove cotter pin (28) from headed straight pin (29), and remove headed straight pin, two flat washers
(330), machine gun bar (31), and torsion helical spring (32) from rod end clevis (27). Discard cotter pin.
28
32
30
27
31
26
30
25
24 29
2NL0140
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0063 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0063 00
ASSEMBLY
Align torsion helical spring (32) and machine gun bar (31) with rod end clevis (27) and secure with two flat
washers (30), headed straight pin (29), and new cotter pin (28).
Place rod end clevis (27) with attached parts in mount pintle (24) and secure with new lock-washer (26)
and hexagon plain nut (25).
28
32
30
27
31
26
30
25
24 29
2NL0140
Align mount pintle (23) with machine gun cradle (4) and secure with two threaded tapered pins (21), two
new lock-washers (20), and two hexagon plain nuts (19). Install headless grooved pin (12) and headless
straight pin (22), and secure with two wicks (18).
Place ammunition bracket (3) on machine gun cradle (4) and secure with four new lock-washers (14) and
four hexagon head screws (13).
18 22
9
21
21
20
23 19
20
19
24
2NL0139
0063 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0063 00
ASSEMLBY (cont)
Clamp machine gun cradle (9) in vise with headless grooved pin (17) facing to the front.
Align inside tang of torsion spiral spring (15) with slot on headless grooved pin (17).
16
17
15
2NL0138
Install case (10) over torsion spiral spring (15). Align hole in rounded end of spring (15) with equilibrator
stud hole in case. Secure with new lock-washer (14) and equilibrator stud (13).
13 14
17
15
10
2NL0141
0063 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0063 00
WARNING
To avoid injury to your eyes, use care when removing and installing spring-loaded parts.
Place socket and drive socket handle on case (10) and apply pressure to case until adjusting holes in
case and machine gun cradle (9) align.
Install new lock-washer (12) and hexagon head cap screw (11).
11/12
10
2NL0142
Align holes in ammunition bracket (6) to holes of machine gun cradle and secure with four new lock-
washers (8) and four hexagon head screws (7).
Place ammunition box (5) on ammunition bracket (6) and rotate cam (4) clockwise to lock.
Insert open link end (3) to attachment points on cradle, and crimp the link closed.
3
1
8 5
7
6
4
7 2
8
2NL0126
0063 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0063 00
ADJUSTMENT
0063 00-8
CHAPTER 7
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0064 00
The M197 machine gun mount is a component assembly designed to attach M60, M249 SAWS and
M240B machine guns to a gun pedestal or the pintle adapter on a M1025/M1026/M1114 High Mobility
Multipurpose Wheeled Vehicle (HMMWV) (Armament Carrier).
Composed of a travel lock assembly (1), travel lock bracket assembly (2), pintle adapter assembly (3),
and a pintle (4) (pintle or pintle assembly (for M249 and M240B only)).
Travel lock components and the M122 pintle are additional authorized items for support of the M60 (see
Additional Authorization List (AAL), WP 0178 00).
The deflector kit is an additional authorized item for support of the M240B machine gun (see Additional
Authorization List (AAL) WP 0178 00).
2NL0143
TRAVEL LOCK ASSEMBLY (1) – Designed to provide a means of locking weapon into position during
movement of vehicle.
TRAVEL LOCK BRACKET ASSEMLY (2) – Designed to attach to a pedestal and /or pintle adapter on a
vehicle to provide a means to attach the travel lock assembly.
PINTLE ADAPTER ASSEMBLY (3) – Designed to provide a means to attach the travel lock pintle
assembly for the M240B machine gun or M249 SAW or a pintle mount for the M60 machine gun or M249
SAW.
TRAVEL LOCK PINTLE ASSEMBLY (4) – Designed to provide support for the M240B machine gun or
M249 SAW. The M60 machine gun or M249 SAW can be mounted by using a pintle mount (AAL).
0064 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0064 00
Not Applicable.
EQUIPMENT DATA
0064 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0065 00
The M197 machine gun mount includes a pintle adapter assembly and pintle (M240B/M249 only), travel
lock bracket assembly, and travel lock assembly. It can be used with the M6 machine gun pedestal or
vehicle rings, to mount and secure the M249, M240B or M60 machine guns with the appropriate AAL
items.
2NL0144
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0066 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0066 00
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0066 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0067 00
Before/ M197 Machine Check mount for corrosion, dirt and Mount shows
After Gun Mount lubrication. corrosion, is dirty,
or is not properly
lubricated.
WARNING
Vehicle soft-top must be in place during all weapon-firing operations.
Personnel can expect 5.56mm/7.62mm cartridge cases and links to accumulate in the
cargo bed of M998 family of vehicles during weapon-firing operations. This presents a
slipping hazard to the weapon operator who will exercise extreme care of personnel
riding in the cargo bed to avoid slipping on the spent cartridge cases and links.
Loosen retaining clamp assembly (1) by turning handle on machine gun pedestal mount (2)
counterclockwise.
Install pintle adapter assembly (3) into machine gun pedestal mount (2).
Turn handle of retaining clamp assembly (1) clockwise to lock pintle adapter assembly (3) in place. Pull
up on pintle adapter assembly to be sure it is secure.
3
5
M240/M249 M60
4
1
2NL0145
Remove quick release pin (4) from pintle adapter assembly (3).
Slide pintle mount (5) in pintle adapter assembly (3), and insert quick pin (4).
Twist and pull up on the pintle (5), it should be locked into the pintle adapter assembly (3), but should
rotate freely left and right.
0068 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0068 00
INSTALLATION OF M197 MACHINE GUN MOUNT TO MACHINE GUN PEDESTAL MOUNT (cont)
Remove two machine bolts (7) and two lock-washers (18) and separate travel lock bracket assembly (9)
into two halves.
Install two halves of travel lock bracket assembly (9) on structural tube (10) with travel lock bracket
assembly (11) holes facing the rear of the HMMWV. Secure by installing two lock washers (8) and two
machine bolts (7).
Remove self-locking nut (11), two flat wasters (12 and 13), and hexagon head cap screw (14) from travel
lock bracket (15).
Align mounting holes in travel lock bracket (15) with mounting holes in travel lock bracket assembly (9),
and install two flat wasters (12 and 13), and hexagon head cap screw (14), and self-locking nut (11).
Tighten to secure.
25
10
24
14
13
9 M60 ONLY
15
8 12
11
2NL0146
M60 only: Align adapter (25) over outside of travel lock bracket yoke and insert quick release pin through
one side of yoke and adapter. Hold the sleeve (24) between travel lock bracket yoke ears; push quick
release pin through sleeve and other side of yoke and adapter.
0068 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0068 00
WARNING
When firing from the M998 and/or M1025 family of vehicles, the pintle (WP 0009 00) will
be properly secured to the M197 machine gun mount. When firing from M1025 family of
vehicles with the M240B machine gun, the deflector plate will be installed on the
ammunition adapter. When not in use the weapon will be secured with the travel lock.
NOTE
When used with the M240B machine gun on the M1025/M1026 armament carrier series,
install ammo adapter bracket assembly as shown in this work package.
Install pintle adapter assembly (18) and secure by tightening four setscrews (16), and install applicable
mount pintle (19). Attach travel lock bracket (20). Refer to installation procedure for M197 machine gun
mount to pedestal mounts in this work package.
19 18
17
20
16 16
2NL0147
WARNING
Be sure to clear weapon before installing/removing weapon to mount.
All personnel within 20 meters of a weapon firing shall wear approved single hearing
protection devices.
Ground personnel should not be within 10 meters of any vehicle when firing.
Firing on the move is not permitted from the M998 HMMWV (Cargo/Troop Carrier)
(M240B only).
Firing on the move is restricted to cross-country and off road speeds no greater than 8
kph (5 mph) and improved road speeds no greater than 16 kph (10 mph). Depending on
terrain, possibility exists for weapon operator to lose their balance and fall from the
O
vehicle. Weapon operator shall insure no personnel are in an area 90 left/right of the
weapon line-of-fire/firing fan. Target, target surface, angle of fire, and firing distance
should be selected to minimize possibility of ricochet back toward personnel.
0068 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0068 00
WARNING (cont)
Ammunition containers should be removed during stowed transit. Vehicle vibration can
cause containers/bandoleers to break/fall into vehicle.
When in stowed position, the M249 will be limited to a cumulative 4830 km (3000) miles
or cross-country travel to avoid damage to the weapon. Weapons and mount shall be
inspected after every 1000 rounds of firing and every day of driving.
NOTE
M240B machine gun is shown for illustration purposes only.
Place weapon in pintle, aligning the receivers front mounting points with the holes in the pintle and secure
with quick release pin. Make sure quick release pin goes through both sides of yoke.
2NL0148
Install travel lock assembly by aligning the mounting hole in the trigger housing with the holes in the fork
of the travel lock assembly and secure with quick release pin.
2NL0149
0068 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0068 00
NOTE
If the M60 machine gun is to be installed, adapter assembly (item 3, WP 0178 00) must
first be installed.
Ensure bipod legs are in the rearward locked position and the M197 pintle latch is rearward.
Press bottom of latch to open the pintle assembly. The ends of the machine gun mounting pin should
lock in place on the pintle assembly.
M60 ADAPTER
PINTEL
FRONT
MOUNTING
PIN QUICK
RELEASE
PINTLE PIN
LATCH
2HXC026
Place the end of the machine gun’s front mounting pin on top of the pintle assembly.
Slide the adapter assembly on the machine gun’s mounting plate from the rear to the front.
REAR
ADAPTER MOUNTING
ASSEMBLY PLATE
2HXC027
0068 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0068 00
NOTE
Nuts (23) must be held within the ammo bracket assembly (21) and deflector plate (20)
weldment while installing cap screws (22) to secure deflector plate (20).
Align holes in deflector plate (20) with holes in ammo adapter bracket (21) and secure using two cap
screws (22) and two nuts (23) (WP 0178 00).
23
21
22
20
22
2NL0150
FREE GUN
After loading and preparing machine gun for firing, loosen the pintle clamping screw to allow pintle
adapter to traverse in socket. Remove quick release pin from rear mounting hole of weapon.
If M60 is mounted, slide off adapter assembly. Weapon is now free to rotate 360 degrees if needed. To
reengage, align the mounting hole in the trigger housing with the holes in the fork of the travel lock
assembly and secure with quick release pin.
2NL0149
0068 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0068 00
WARNING
Be sure to clear weapon before installing/removing weapon to mount.
Pull two quick release pins from mount and weapons receiver, and lift weapon from mount.
M60 only: Remove adapter assembly from rear of weapon; release weapon from pintle.
WARNING
Weapons shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles, except when
travel lock is engaged. If weapon is not manned in a turret, the ring must be locked
forward, the travel lock must be attached, and all adjustment screw must be tightened.
Insert travel lock pin and tighten pintle-clamping screw to prevent weapon rotation when vehicle is
moving.
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove self-locking nut (1), flat washers (2), hexagon head cap screw (3), and travel lock bracket (4)
from train stow assembly (5). Discard self-locking nut (1).
Remove two machine bolts (6), two lock-washers (7), and separate train stow clamp (8). Discard two
lock-washers (7).
M60
7
6
3
8
2
7 4
6
5
2
1
2NL0151
0069 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0069 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
For disassembly of mount pintle (9) refer to WP 0018 00 (M60 – WP 0017 00).
Remove socket head cap screw (10) and wire rope assembly (11) from pintle adapter (12).
Remove quick release pin (13) from wire rope assembly (11).
9 9
M60
12
13
10
11 2NL0152
19
20
16
14
15
22
21
2NL0153
0069 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0069 00
NOTE
The following two steps apply only when mounting an M60 machine gun.
Separate stud plunger (21) and compression helical spring (22) from travel lock adapter assembly (20).
INSPECTION/REPAIR
If train stow clamp is broken or damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
If travel lock is broken, bent or damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
Touch up external bright metal surfaces with olive drab enamel paint.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
The following two steps apply only when mounting an M60 machine gun.
Place compression helical spring (22) into stud plunger (21) and install into travel lock adapter assembly
(20).
19
20
16
14
15
22
21
2NL0153
0069 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0069 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Place sleeve spacer into yoke of travel lock adapter assembly (20) and align over clevis of travel lock
bracket (4). Insert quick release pin (14) through sleeve spacer (19), yoke of travel lock adapter
assembly (20) and clevis of travel lock bracket (4).
19
20
16
14
15
22
21
2NL0153
Install wire rope assembly (11) on pintle adapter (12) using socket head cap screw (10).
9 9
M60
12
13
10
11 2NL0152
0069 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0069 00
Assemble train stow clamp (5) using two new lock-washers (7) and two machine bolts (6).
Attach travel lock bracket assembly (4) to train stow clamp (5) using flat washer (2), hexagon head cap
screw (3), flat washer (2), and new self-locking nut (1).
7
6
3
8
2
7 4
6
5
2
1
2NL0154
There are no direct support maintenance requirements for the M197 Machine Gun Mount.
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
Component assembly designed to provide platform for the M2 and M60 machine guns, MK19 Grenade
Machine Gun, and ammunition brackets. The modifications are composed of various combinations of
major components consisting of a Carriage and Cradle Assembly (1), Pintle Adapter Assembly (2),
Universal Pintle Adapter (3), Elevation Mechanism Assembly (4), .50 Caliber Mounting Adapter Assembly
(5), Platform Assembly (6), Train Stop Assembly (7), Machine Gun Mount Cover (8), Catch Bag Assembly
(9), Travel Lock Bracket Assembly (10), Ammunition Box Mounting Tray Assembly (11), Multipurpose
Ammunition Can Bracket Assembly (12), Travel Lock Adapter Assembly (13) and Train and Elevation
Assembly (14). Authorized applications are M3 Tripod Mount, M6 Pedestal, M66 Ring Mount, M939
Lightweight HMMWV Ring, MK16 MOD 0 Stand, M113 Personnel Carrier, and M88 Recovery Vehicle.
2 3
4
1
5 6
9 10
11
2NL0155
0071 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
CARRIAGE AND CRADLE ASSEMBLY (1) - The carriage and cradle assembly provides a mounting
platform for machine guns and ammunition brackets. The carriage (1) holds the cradle (2) and attaches
to a machine gun tripod or pintle adapter by pintle (3). In the center of the cradle is a .50 caliber and
M60/M60E3 pintle bushing (5) and lock to enable mounting of the M2, .50 Cal, and M60, 7.62MM,
machine guns with use of AAL adapters. The two forward mounting pins (6) serve as mounting lugs for
the front of the MK19 Mod 3 grenade machine gun (GMG). The quick release pin (7) holds the rear of the
MK19 MOD 3 GMG in place. The lower rear retaining pinholes (8) receive the T&E retaining pin. Each
carriage and cradle assembly is issued with a depression stop that consists of a machine bolt (9) and nut
(10) to control muzzle depression.
2 7
5
8
4
10
3
9 2NL0156
PINTLE ADAPTER ASSEMBLY (2) - The pintle adapter assembly allows the cradle assembly to fit on all
vehicle machine gun pedestals, stands, or vehicle applications listed in this manual. The hole (1) in the
upper end of the pintle adapter is shaped to fit the pintle on the carriage and cradle assembly. The pintle
adapter is equipped with a quick release pin (2) to secure the pintle in the adapter. The lower end (3) is
shaped to fit the mounting hole in the upper end M6 pedestal, HMMWV ring pedestal, M66 ring mount, or
M939 Light weight Ring Mount. The pintle lock of the vehicle pedestal or ring secures it. AAL to MOD 9
3
2NL0157
0071 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
UNIVERSAL PINTLE ADAPTER (3) - The universal pintle adapter (UPA) allows the MK64 carriage and
cradle assembly to fit on all vehicle machine gun pedestals, stands, or rings listed in this manual. The
hole (1) in the upper end of the UPA is shaped to fit the pintle on the carriage and cradle assembly. The
UPA is equipped with a pin and cable assembly (2) to secure the pintle in the adapter. The lower end (3)
is shaped to fit the mounting hole in the upper end of the M6 pedestal, HMMWV ring pedestal, M66 ring,
MK16 MOD 0 stand, M109 Series and FAASV. It is secured by the pintle lock on the vehicle pedestal,
ring, or stand.
2NL0158
ELEVATION MECHANISM ASSEMBLY (4) - The elevation mechanism assembly is use to provide
mechanical fire control adjustments. The elevation mechanism assembly is a standard M2, .50 caliber,
traversing and elevating mechanism (T&E) that is attached to the lower rear holes in the MK64 carriage
and cradle assembly by a handle (1). When used with the UPA, provides a means to apply a travel lock.
2NL0159
0071 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
.50 CALIBER MOUNTING ADAPTER ASSEMBLY (5) - The .50 caliber mounting adapter assembly
allows M2, .50 caliber, machine gun to be fired from the MK64 carriage and cradle assembly. A standard
tripod pintle (1) is used as the front adapter. The left and right rear adapters are called the left mount (2)
and the right mount (3). The pintle, the left and right mounts and their bolts, nuts, cotter pins, and washer
are provided as a unit. After assembly to the machine gun, the tripod pintle (1) is inserted in the pintle
bushing of the MK64 cradle. The retaining pin that secures the weapon to the cradle is inserted into the
forward holes (4). The rear holes (5) are not used. AAL to MOD 9.
FORWARD
1
2 4
4
5
3
5 2NL0160
PLATFORM ASSEMBLY (FOR M60/M60E3) (6) - The platform assembly allows the M60/M60E3
machine gun to be fired from the MK64 carriage and cradle assembly. A standard M60 platform
assembly has been modified by the addition of a welded-on pintle (1). When the platform (2) is installed
on the M60/M60E3, the pintle (1) is inserted in the pintle bushing of the MK64 cradle. AAL to MOD 9.
2NL0161
0071 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
MACHINE GUN MOUNT COVER (7) The machine gun mount cover is used to provide weather protection
to the MK19 MOD 3 Machine gun and ammunition container. The machine gun mount cover is a
rubberized canvas cover that is placed over the MK19 MOD 3 and ammunition container while mounted on
a pedestal or stand. It has a zipper fastener (1) for installation and removal. AAL to both MOD 5 and 9.
2NL0163
CATCH BAG ASSEMBLY (8) - The Catch bag assembly is used to catch empty cartridge cases as they
eject from the bottom of the MK19 MOD 3 or M2 machine gun. The catch bag (1) is made of rubberized
canvas. It is held in place by a metal frame that attaches to the bottom of the cradle under the machine
guns receiver by left and right rear hooks (2) and a front hanger (3). The catch bag assembly should be
emptied regularly to prevent possible interference with weapon operation. Component of MOD 9.
NOTE
Bag is available in two colors.
2
3
2NL0164
0071 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
AMMUNITION BOX MOUNTING TRAY ASSEMBLY (9) - The ammunition box mounting tray assembly
provides a mounting tray for 100 rounds of .50 caliber ammunition in a M2A1 metal can or 200 rounds of
7.62MM ammunition in a M19A1 metal can. The ammunition box mounting tray assembly consists of a
standard .50 caliber ammunition tray that has been modified to attach to the side plate of the carriage and
cradle assembly by means of a detachable ammunition box bracket assembly (1). The tray (2) will hold
either the M2A1 of M19A1 metal ammunition container. AAL to MOD 9.
2 1
2NL0166
MULTIPURPOSE AMMUNITION CAN BRACKET ASSEMBLY (10) - The multipurpose ammunition can
bracket assembly provides a bracket that can carry two different size ammunition cans of 40MM
ammunition. Component of MOD 9.
2NL0167
0071 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
TRAIN AND ELEVATION ASSEMBLY (11) – Provides travel lock and mechanical fire control adjustment
capability in one unit. Component of MOD 5.
2NL0169
0071 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
There are 2 different modifications for the MK64 Machine Gun Mount. Each MOD has a specific purpose
for a specific branch of the Armed Services. Table 1 shows the different MOD and service user.
Modification
Number NSN Part Number Service
Table 2 lists the various major components and identifies the applicable modification usages.
Table 2. Component Part Usage for MK64 Machine Gun Mount Modifications
0071 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0071 00
EQUIPMENT DATA
The weight of each individual major component is provided below. The total weight of any modification
configuration shall be obtained by adding the weights of the components utilized.
Weight:
The MK 64 Mod 9 provides a means of traversing and elevating an installed weapon through the use of a
T&E mechanism attached to the universal pintle adapter (UPA). It has the capabilities of mounting both
the MK19 grenade machine gun and M2 machine gun (with AAL adapter and ammunition tray assembly).
The MK64 Mod 9 has an integrated pintle for a more stable mounting. The carriage and cradle inserts
into either the pintle socket of the UPA or the brass bushing on the head of the M3 tripod. The UPA has a
large pintle for mounting into the sockets of pedestal, rings, or vehicle sockets. The MK64 Mod 9
contains a depression stop to restrict the range of fire. The Mod 9 also has a catch bag assembly to keep
spent cartridges from dropping into the cab of vehicles. M60 machine gun may be mounted with AAL
adapter. MK19 GMG may be protected with AAL cover.
There are no troubleshooting procedures for the MK64 Machine Gun Mount.
1 Before/ Carriage and Check for missing or damaged quick Quick release pin
After Cradle Assembly release pin or retainer pin. or retainer pin is
missing or
damaged.
0074 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0074 00
1 Before/ Carriage and Check pintle lock assembly for Pintle lock
(cont) After Cradle Assembly looseness or binding. assembly is loose
or binds.
2 Before/ Pintle Adapter Check for damaged pintle adapter. Pintle adapter is
After Assembly damaged.
0074 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0074 00
4 Before/ Elevation Check lever and swivel chain Lever and/or swivel
After Mechanism assembly for damage. chain assembly is
Assembly damage.
0074 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0074 00
6 Before/ Platform Check pintle for cracks and/or burrs. Pintle is burred
After Assembly and/or cracked.
7 Before/ Machine Gun Check cover for tears and/or split Cover is torn or
After Mount Cover seams. has split seams.
8 Before/ Catch Bag Check catch bag frame for damage. Catch bag frame is
After Assembly damaged so as to
prevent proper
installation.
9 Before/ Ammunition Box Check for crisp spring action of strap Spring binds or has
After Mounting Tray assembly. weak tension.
Assembly
Check for missing thumbscrew. Thumbscrew is
missing.
is not properly
lubricated.
0074 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0074 00
9 Before/ Ammunition Box Check for missing cotter pins. Cotter pins are
(cont) After Mounting Tray missing.
Assembly (cont)
Check entire ammunition box Ammunition box
mounting tray assembly for rust, shiny mounting tray
surfaces. assembly is rusty,
has shiny areas or
10 Before/ Multipurpose Check for damaged or missing knob. Knob is missing or
After Ammunition Can damaged.
Bracket
Assembly Check for damaged or missing Welded pins or
welded pins or threaded nut. threaded nut are
damaged or
missing.
11 Before/ Train and Check for broken or missing screws, Screws, washers,
After Elevation washers, or nuts. or nuts are
Assembly missing/broken.
The following work packages cover procedures for placing the MK64 machine gun mount and its
components into operation in various applications. Refer to the specific work package for your mount.
Equipment Condition:
UPA mounted on tripod, pedestal or stand.
WARNING
WARNINGS apply to entire work package.
All personnel within 310 meters of impact area must wear a helmet and body armor. All
personnel within 20 meters shall also wear eye protection and single hearing protection.
Sleeves shall be rolled down and gloves worn.
Use the depression stop on the carriage and cradle assembly to prevent accidental
muzzle depression.
Weapons shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles, except when
travel lock is engaged. If weapon is not manned in a turret, the ring must be locked
forward, the travel lock must be attached, and all adjustment screw must be tightened.
Catch bag must be used when firing from a vehicle ring to prevent injury to
driver/passengers.
Empty catch bag frequently during firing. If bag becomes too full, spent cases can jam
the weapon causing stoppage or out-of-battery firing.
Install soft-top when firing MK 19. Visually inspect AET collar bolts. (M998T vehicle only)
M2 machine gun, MK 19 GMG and M558 ammunition containers require a two-man lift.
Firing the MK 19 GMG over open hatches is prohibited. Keep weapon pointed in a safe
direction. Never stand in front of muzzle. Be sure line-of-fire is clear of objects.
The pedestal should be kept low in height adjustment (one hole exposed) when firing the
MK 19 GMG. Stoppages can occur in the higher positions, especially in cold
temperatures. Movement of the pedestal during recoil interferes with the recoil action of
the MK 19. The M2 has also shown this problem in cold temperatures.
The depression stop (plain hexagon nut and hexagon head machine bolt) must be in
place when firing the MK 19 GMG. If the depression stop are not installed the weapon
can be depressed below the safety limit of 200 meters elevation, thus endangering
personnel.
0076 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
NOTE
UPA shown in a normal stowed position.
TRAVEL LOCK
AZIMUTH
INDICATOR
TRAVERSE ARM
ASSEMBLY
THUMBSCREW
2NL0179
Loosen thumbscrew and, rotate traverse arm assembly (1) upward two marks above normal “dot to dot”
stowed position.
2NL0171
0076 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
2NL0172
Insert the front retainer pin (4) to prevent movement of the carriage and cradle. Insert carriage pintle (5)
into top of the UPA (3). Insert the quick release pin (2) into UPA (3). Pull upward and twist carriage and
cradle assembly. It should be locked into the UPA, but should traverse freely left and right.
2NL0173
0076 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
Rotate elevating hand-wheel (6) of T&E mechanism assembly until T&E is near the fully compressed
(short) length (no more than 5 threads showing). Place T&E on left side of azimuth indicator (7) and
loosely clamp with traversing slide lock lever (8). Pin T&E to cradle with handle (9).
9
6
8
7 7
9
2NL0175
When the T&E is locked to the azimuth indicator the traversing hand-wheel should be centered. To make
changes in direction (right or left), loosen the traversing lock lever (8) and move the sleeve along the
azimuth indicator (10). The T&E will traverse 250-mils left or right from the zero index. The azimuth
indicator is graduated in 5-mil increments and is numbered every 100-mil from the zero index (right or left)
up to 400-mils. Readings are taken off the azimuth indicator from the left side of the traversing sleeve.
To make changes of 25-mils or less (right or left) turn the traversing hand wheel (11), the head will appear
to move along the traverse screw, moving the weapon right or left. Each click of the traversing hand
wheel (11) is 1-mil deflection. The traverse screw has 50-mils total traverse.
40 35
30
45
11
25
20
5
10 15
10
2NL0176
0076 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
The T&E elevation portion consists of the upper (12) and lower (13) elevating screw and elevating hand-
wheel (11). The upper screw has a scale that is graduated in 50-mil increments (+ 200-mils). The hand-
wheel has a dial scale that is graduated in 5-mil increments (50-mil total). Each click of the hand-wheel
indicates 1-mil of elevation or depression. Turn the hand-wheel clockwise to depress and
counterclockwise to elevate.
12 11
13
2NL0177
WARNING
M2 machine gun or the MK19 GMG require a two-man lift.
Hoist the weapon onto the carriage and cradle assembly. Lower the muzzle slightly below horizontal.
Align the receiver’s two locking channels (1) with the two forward self-locking screws (2) on the carriage
and cradle assembly. Push the weapon forward, and slide the self-locking screws (2) into the locking
channels (1).
PUSH
2 2
1
2NL0243
0076 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
Align holes in the weapon’s rear assembly (7) with the upper rear holes (8) in the carriage and cradle
assembly.
Insert the carriage and cradle assembly’s rear quick release pin (5) and rotate the handle downward to
the locked position.
The .50 caliber mounting adapter must be attached to the M2 machine gun to enable it to be mounted to
the carriage and cradle assembly.
10 4
9 8
6 3
5
2
1
7
2NL0244
NOTE
The LH and RH adapters have three sets of holes. When mounted, the rear holes are
not used.
0076 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
Lay the weapon upside down and align holes in the pintle (1) with the holes in the weapon (11).
Install slotted plain nut (3) on machine bolt (2), and tighten using two wrenches.
Insert cotter pin (4) through slotted plain nut (3). Spread legs of cotter pin (4) and bend around slotted
plain nut (3).
1/11
4
3 2NL0245
With hole (12) away from muzzle, line up hole (13) with receiver mounting hole (14). Do this for both LH
(5) and RH (5) adapters.
6 AR
15 RE
7
5
7
9
15 10
12
14
13
ZLE
MUZ
9
LE
UZZ 8
M
10
2NL0246
0076 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
NOTE
One person may install the M2 machine gun by standing behind the carriage and cradle
assembly and grasping the weapon by the barrel and control grips. The weapon is then
lowered into the cradle.
With help of and assistant hoist the weapon onto the cradle. Lower the pintle (1) into the cradle’s pintle
bushing (17), lower release cam (16).
17
16
2NL0247
Align front adapter holes (18) with the cradle’s quick release pinholes (19).
Insert quick release pin (20) and rotate handle downward to the locked position.
6
18/19 20
5
2NL0248
0076 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
Pull up on bail (21). Lift lid (22) and slide off the can.
22
21
2NL0249
Pull back on the spring loaded top pressure strap (23) and insert ammunition can into the tray with the
projectiles toward the gun’s muzzle.
Release the pressure strap (23); the pad (24) will span the width of the can, holding it in place.
NOTE
Weapon has been removed for clarity.
23
24
2NL0250
0076 00-9
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
Place machine gun (1) upside down; turn platform assembly upside down with platform latch (2) facing
butt end of weapon and front mounting lug (3) facing the muzzle.
Insert front mounting lug (3) into the mounting hole (4) of the weapon’s forearm assembly.
Hold platform latch (2) in the open position and attach the to receiver lugs (5); release latch (2).
1
3
2
4
5
2NL0260
Place weapon with platform installed over the cradle so pintle (7) enters the cradle pintle bushing.
Push release cam (6) down to secure pintle (7) in the cradle.
NOTE
Keep rear retaining pin (8) inserted through mount to prevent interference during firing.
7 8
2NL0261
NOTE
Placing ammunition can in ammunition box mounting tray is the same as stated for the
M2 machine gun in this work package.
0076 00-10
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
Unzip the zipper (1) on the cover; pull cover over barrel. Ammunition can, and rear of MK19 GMG. Zip
the zipper (1) to secure.
2NL0262
FREE GUN
Remove handle (1), and quick release pin (2). Loosen traversing slide lock lever (2) and rotate T&E
O
assembly downward. The gun is now free to travel 360 , if needed.
3
2 2NL0263
Clear the weapon in accordance with weapons operators TM. Remove weapon in reverse of installation
procedures.
0076 00-11
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
WARNING
Weapon shall not be loaded during movement unless manned by the gunner, or as
directed by commanding officer/NCO.
NOTE
Weapon removed for clarity.
Center traversing adjustment of T&E using traversing hand-wheel (11). Pull the handle (9) halfway out
and loosen traversing slide lock lever (8) on T&E. Slide T&E to the left side of azimuth indicator (7).
9
11
2NL0265
Swing the travel lock (10) up so the small hole end is near left side of elevation screw. Adjust the
elevating hand wheel (6) until the travel lock can enter gap with holes aligned, and push handle (9)
completely through the travel lock and T&E yoke.
LEFT SIDE OF
ELEVATION SCREW
10
9
2NL0178
0076 00-12
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0076 00
CAUTION
The purpose of turning the elevating hand-wheel counterclockwise to raise the elevation
mechanism off the azimuth indicator is so the weight (load) of the gun and carriage and
cradle assembly is on the travel lock instead of the T&E. This prevents damage to the
adjustment threads of the T&E.
Loosen traversing slide lock lever (13). Rotate traversing hand-wheel (11) on elevation mechanism
assembly counterclockwise (completely to the left) until T&E clamps travel lock securely. Turn elevating
hand-wheel (6) of the T&E counterclockwise until elevating sleeve (12) rises from the azimuth indicator
about 1/4 inch (0.635 cm).
11
10
13
12
2NL0179
NOTE
Only the HMMWV Armament Ring is shown for illustration purposes. Mounting
procedures for the M939 LWRM are the same.
Using a 3/8-inch open-end box wrench, loosen the four lock screws (1) by turning counterclockwise until
threaded ends are flush with HMMWV pedestal’s inner wall (2).
1 1
2NL0180
2NL0181
0077 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0077 00
Tighten manual control handle (5). Pull upward on the UPA (3) to ensure it is secured in place.
2NL0182
WARNING
Catch bag shall be installed when mounted on a vehicle to prevent spent casings from
entering cab area.
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for installation of carriage and cradle assembly, T&E assembly, and
travel lock adjustment.
Refer to WP 0076 00 for Free Gun, Taking Out of Operation, and Preparation for
Movement procedures.
Unscrew train lock handle (1) counterclockwise until free from other side of clamp (2).
2
3
1
2NL0183
0077 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0077 00
Place clamp (2) to HMMWV pedestal (4). Align both sides of clamp (2) and screw in train lock handle (1)
and screw (3). Equally tighten screw (3) and handle (1) until snug.
Using two wrenches, fasten one set of clamps (5) below the already installed middle clamp (2). Tighten
each screw two turns until snug.
Install other set of clamps (6) above the middle clamp (2). Tighten each screw two turns until snug.
NOTE
To allow free left/right traverse of MK64 carriage and cradle assembly, loosen train lock
handle (1); to lock into place tighten train lock handle (1).
6
2
2NL0185
0077 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0077 00
Loosen retaining screws (7), and insert carriage and cradle assembly into pintle socket. Tighten retaining
screws (7) and pull up on carriage and cradle assembly to ensure it is locked.
Pull out T&E retaining pin (9); ensure hand-wheel is set at 250 mils.
NOTE
Ensure elevating hand-wheel is not jammed under lip of cradle.
Position lock lever (10) to rear and ensure traverse knob (11) is to the left.
11
9 7
10 7
2NL0186
0077 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0078 00
2NL0187
2NL0188
0078 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0078 00
Rotate pintle lock handle (1) counterclockwise to secure the UPA (2). Pull up on UPA (2) to ensure it
locked securely into place.
2NL0189
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for installation of carriage and cradle assembly, T&E assembly, and
travel lock adjustment.
Refer to WP 0076 00 for Free Gun, Taking Out of Operation, and Preparation for
Movement procedures.
0078 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0079 00
2NL0190
2NL0191
0079 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0079 00
Insert quick release pin (1) into ring socket (2) to secure UPA (3).
2NL0192
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for installation of carriage and cradle assembly, T&E assembly, and
travel lock adjustment.
Refer to WP 0076 00 for Free Gun, Taking Out of Operation, and Preparation for
Movement procedures.
0079 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0080 00
On the commander’s cupola socket (1), rotate pintle locking handle (2) down.
1
2
2NL0193
2NL0194
0080 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0080 00
Pull the pintle locking handle (2) up, if it does not come up when you install the UPA (3).
2NL0194
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for installation of carriage and cradle assembly, T&E assembly, and
travel lock adjustment.
Refer to WP 0076 00 for Free Gun, Taking Out of Operation, and Preparation for
Movement procedures.
0080 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0081 00
2NL0195
2NL0196
0081 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0081 00
2NL0197
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for installation of carriage and cradle assembly, T&E assembly, and
travel lock adjustment.
Refer to WP 0076 00 for Free Gun, Taking Out of Operation, and Preparation for
Movement procedures.
0081 00-2
TM 9-1005-25-13&P 0082 00
NOTE
M6 Pedestal is shown removed from vehicle for clarity/illustration purposes.
Loosen retaining clamp assembly (1), and insert UPA into pintle socket. Tighten retaining clamp
assembly (1) and pull up on UPA to ensure it is locked.
2NL0198
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for installation of carriage and cradle assembly, T&E assembly,
and travel lock adjustment.
Refer to WP 0076 00 for Free Gun, Taking Out of Operation, and Preparation for
Movement procedures.
0082 00-1
TM 9-1005-25-13&P 0082 00
Unscrew train lock handle (1) counterclockwise until free from other side of clamp (2).
2
3
1
2NL0199
Place clamp (2) to pedestal (4). Align both sides of clamp (2) and screw in train lock handle (1) and
screw (3). Equally tighten screw (3) and handle (1) until snug.
1
2
2NL0200
0082 00-2
TM 9-1005-25-13&P 0082 00
Using two wrenches, fasten one set of clamps (6) below the already installed middle clamp (2). Tighten
each screw two turns until snug.
Install other set of clamps (6) above the middle clamp (2). Tighten each screw two turns until snug.
NOTE
To allow free left/right traverse of MK64 carriage and cradle assembly, loosen train lock
handle (1); to lock into place tighten train lock handle (1).
6
2
2NL0201
Loosen retaining clamp assembly (7), and insert carriage and cradle assembly into pintle socket. Tighten
retaining clamp assembly (7) and pull up on carriage and cradle assembly to ensure it is locked.
Pull out T&E retaining pin (9); ensure hand-wheel is set at 250 mils.
NOTE
Ensure elevating hand-wheel is not jammed under lip of cradle.
Position lock lever (10) to rear and ensure traverse knob (11) is to the left.
8
11
10
7
9
2NL0202
0082 00-3
TM 9-1005-25-13&P 0082 00
Using two wrenches, remove nut (1), washers (2) and screw (3) from travel lock adapter assembly (4).
Align mounting holes in travel lock adapter assembly (4) with those in travel lock bracket (5).
Place one washer (2) on screw (3) and insert into one side of travel lock adapter (4), through travel lock
bracket (5) and other side of travel lock adapter (4). Place other washer on screw and install nut. Tighten
using two wrenches.
Remove screws (6) and washers (7) from travel lock bracket (5).
Place travel lock bracket (5) to pedestal (8). Align other side of travel lock bracket (5), and install washers
(7) and screws (6). Equally tighten screws (6) until snug.
4 1
2
6 7
5
2
3
7
2NL0203
Loosen retaining clamp assembly (9), and insert carriage and cradle assembly (10) into pintle socket.
Tighten retaining clamp assembly (9) and pull up on carriage and cradle assembly to ensure it is locked.
Remove retaining pin (11) from travel lock adapter assembly (4). Align holes in travel lock adapter
assembly (4) with holes in carriage and cradle assembly (10) and insert retaining pin (11). Rotate
retaining pin (11) to locked position.
10
11 2NL0204
0082 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0083 00
NOTE
This procedure can be used to mount the UPA or a Pintle Adapter to the M66 Ring.
Tactical vehicles ranging from 2-1/2 to 12-1/2 tons may have either of two ring
assemblies, the M66 Ring or the M939 Lightweight Ring. For ring installation instructions
refer to TM 9-1005-335-13&P.
For illustration purposes the M66 ring as viewed from the bottom while mounted on a
truck, but can also be followed when used on the front power unit, 12-1/2 ton, 4X4, MK4
MOD 0 (LVS).
Stand inside the M66 ring facing the pintle adapter hole (1), rotate the pintle lock handle (2) upward.
1
2
2NL0205
0083 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0083 00
Insert UPA (3) or pintle adapter assembly (4) into upper pintle socket (5).
2NL0206
Rotate pintle lock handle (2) downward to secure the UPA (3) or pintle adapter assembly (4).
Pull up on UPA (3) or pintle adapter assembly (4) to ensure it is locked securely into place.
2 2NL0207
0083 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0083 00
Push in on pin’s quick release button (6) (pintle adapter only) and pull out quick release pin (7).
7 7
2NL0208
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for installation of carriage and cradle assembly, T&E assembly, and
travel lock adjustment.
Refer to WP 0076 00 for Free Gun, Taking Out of Operation, and Preparation for
Movement procedures.
Equipment Condition:
Stow Pin and Depression Stop (WP 0085 00) installed on Carriage and Cradle Assembly.
Emplace the M3 machine gun tripod (1) on a firm, level surface and attach the T&E mechanism (2).
2NL0209
Insert pintle (4) of carriage and cradle assembly (5) into bushing (6) of tripod head. Lower the pintle
locking lever (3) to secure carriage and cradle assembly (5) in place.
Pull upward and twist carriage and cradle assembly (5). It should be locked into the bushing (6) of the
tripod head, but should traverse freely left and right.
2NL0210
0084 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0084 00
Turn traversing hand-wheel (10) to center the elevating screw (11) in the shaft.
Align holes (12) in the T&E assembly with the lower rear holes (13) in the cradle as shown.
Insert handle (8) through the cradle and T&E and rotate to lock position.
CENTER
12/13
7
8
10
11
2NL0211
NOTE
Refer to WP 0076 00 for weapon mounting procedures.
0084 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0085 00
WARNING
During training, do not fire at target closer than 310 meters (approximately 328 yards)
when using 40MM High Explosive (HE) or High Explosive Dual Purpose (HEDP)
ammunition. Injury from fragmentation may result. Use the depression stop on the
carriage and cradle assembly to prevent accidental muzzle depression.
When reinstalling a machine gun at a firing position where depression stop is required,
check the depression stop adjustment by sighting down the machine gun barrel toward a
point 310 meters (approximately 328 yards) from the first firing position. If the line of sight
is below the 200 meter safety limit, readjust the depression stop to achieve 310 meters
(approximately 328 yard) safety zone.
NOTE
The depression stop is a safety device supplied with each carriage and cradle assembly.
It consists of a bolt that is threaded into the bottom of the carriage and a nut to nut to lock
the bolt in place. The purpose of the depression stop is to prevent the operator from
lowering the machine gun beyond the safety limits.
The depression stop will assure safety only when the firing platform is stable in relation to
the target (not a moving vehicle, etc.) and when the depression stop has been checked
and adjusted after installing the gun at a firing position.
Use an open-end wrench to install the nut (1) on the depression stop bolt (2).
2
2NL0212
0085 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0085 00
Use two open-end wrenches to screw the depression stop bolt (2) with nut into the underside of the
carriage (3).
1
2 2NL0213
NOTE
MK19 GMG is shown for illustration purposes.
Depress machine gun’s muzzle and aim at the lowest point you are allowed to fire (MK19 MOD 0 – 310
meters/328 yards min).
2NL0214
Use two open-end wrenches to adjust depression stop bolt (2) and nut (1) until machine gun muzzle
cannot be depressed below the safety limit.
1
2
2NL0215
0085 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0085 00
With two open-end wrenches, hold depression stop bolt (2) head and tighten nut (1) clockwise (when
viewed from bottom of cradle) until the depression stop is locked in place.
2NL0216
Equipment Condition:
UPA and Carriage and Cradle Assembly installed on vehicle mount (WP 0076 00).
WARNING
Catch bags are required in vehicle applications.
Slide catch bag assembly (1) from front to back onto traverse arm assembly (2) so that traverse arm
assembly is inside the cartridge catch bag (3).
Insert the two catch bag frame rear hooks (4) into the holes in the rear of the carriage and cradle
assembly (5).
Insert the bent notch (6) in the front of catch bag frame into the mounting bar (7) of the carriage.
5
4 6/7
2NL0222
0086 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0086 00
Slide rear closure flap (8) to the inside of the azimuth indicator (9) and assemble to the catch bag frame.
Attach the two Velcro tabs (10) on the rear closure flap to the inside and rear of bag (11).
Ensuring the traverse arm assembly thumbscrew (12) is on the outside of the cartridge catch bag (3),
attach the front closure flap (14) of catch bag to the frame.
14
12
2NL0224
0086 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0087 00
Materials/Parts:
Ammunition Box Mounting Tray, P/N 5830093
Equipment Condition:
Carriage and Cradle Assembly installed on vehicle/tripod (WP 0076 00).
Slide the ammo box bracket assembly (2) downward and off.
2NL0225
Partially unscrew the thumbscrew (3) on ammo box bracket assembly’s threaded stud (4).
3
2NL0226
0087 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0087 00
NOTE
If used with the M2, .50 caliber, or M60 machine gun, use the rear groove (5) in the side plate.
Slide the threaded stud upward in the rear groove (5) and allow the two welded mounting pins (6) to seat
in the two rear slots (7) for the M2, .50 caliber, and M60.
Slide the ammo box bracket assembly (2) downward in the slots.
Tighten the thumbscrew (3), now located behind the cradle’s side plate. Ensure ammo box bracket
assembly is secure in rear groove and two rear slots.
6
2
3 7
2NL0227
Raise the locking cam (1) on the ammunition box mounting tray assembly.
Align the grooved channels (9) of the ammunition box mounting tray assembly with the matching
channels (10) of the ammo box bracket assembly.
10 2NL0228
0087 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0087 00
Slide the ammunition box mounting tray assembly downward into the ammo box bracket assembly.
Depress locking cam (1) to secure ammunition box mounting tray assembly in the ammo box bracket
assembly. Pull up on the ammunition box mounting tray assembly to ensure that it is securely in place.
OPERATOR INSTRUCTIONS,
INSTALLATION, AND ADJUSTMENT PROCEDURES FOR
MULTIPURPOSE AMMUNITION CAN BRACKET ASSEMBLY
Materials/Parts:
Bracket Mounting Assembly, P/N 5830105
Equipment Condition:
Carriage and Cradle Assembly installed on vehicle/tripod (WP 0076 00).
2
2NL0229
Align knob (1) on the threaded stud (2) of multipurpose ammunition can bracket assembly with forward
groove (3) in the cradle’s side plate (4).
Slide threaded stud (2) upward onto the forward groove (3) to allow the two welded pins (5) to seat in the
two forward slots (6).
Slide the multipurpose ammunition can bracket assembly downward in the slots.
5
6
2
4
1 3 2NL0230
0088 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0088 00
Ensure the multipurpose ammunition can bracket assembly is seated in the forward two slots (6) in the
cradle’s side plate (4), and knob (1) is now located behind the cradle side plate. Reach behind cradle
side plate (4) and tighten the knob (1).
5
6
2
4
1 3 2NL0230
Ensure the multipurpose ammunition can bracket assembly is securely locked into the cradle side plate (4).
2NL0231
0088 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0088 00
Push the ammunition can (7) into the multipurpose ammunition can bracket assembly (8).
Align the hole (9) in the multipurpose ammunition can bracket assembly (8) with the groove (10) in the
ammunition can (7) and insert headed shoulder pin (11). Rotate headed shoulder pin (11) downward to
lock into position.
7
10
11
2NL0232
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Remove chain assemblies only for repair/replacement.
Using pliers, open two ‘S’ chain hook (1) on ends of chain (2), and remove chain assembly.
Turn quick release pin (3) until flat side aligns with self-locking screw (4) and pull out to remove.
Using pliers, open two ‘S’ chain hook (5) on ends of chain (6), and remove chain assembly.
Turn retainer pin (7) until flat side aligns with self-locking screw (8) and pull out to remove.
If self-locking screws (9) must be removed, apply pressure using a hex key, to break staking and sealing
compound, and unscrew to remove.
6
4
1
3
2
1
2NL0240
0089 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0089 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Using two wrenches, remove two slotted nuts (10) and two machine bolts (11).
11
13
10 9
12
10
2NL0241
14
2NL0242
0089 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0089 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Using a screwdriver, install one locking shoulder screw (14), stake pin in two places,
14
2NL0242
0089 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0089 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
WARNING
Be sure to assemble the carriage and cradle as shown. If the two components are
reversed, the assembly will not elevate properly, endangering personnel.
CAUTION
Be sure to install new cotter pins in the manner shown. This method prevents
interference with the path of ammunition during operation.
Align holes in carriage (12) and cradle and bushing assembly (13).
11
13
10 9
12
10
2NL0046
With holes aligned, insert two machine bolts (11) and two slotted nuts (10). Hand-tighten until snug.
Align hole in machine bolt (11) and groove in slotted nut (10), and install new cotter pin (9) so pinhole is
facing the hexagon side of slotted nut (10).
Pull ends of cotter pin (9) until the head is just above flush with slotted nut (10).
Bend longer end of cotter pin (9) over the slotted nut (10), and shorter end toward the cradle (12) and
over the slotted nut (12).
0089 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0089 00
If self-locking screws (9) were removed, apply sealing compound to threads of new self-locking screws
(9), and using hex key, install on cradle and tighten.
6
4
1
3
2
1
2NL0240
Attach one S chain hook (5) to groove on handle of retainer pin (7) and the other to the welded ring on
carriage (9). Using pliers, bend ends of ‘S’ chain hooks closed.
Insert retainer pin (7), push in and turn until flat side aligns with self-locking screw (8).
Attach one ‘S’ chain hook (1) to each end of chain (2).
Attach one ‘S’ chain hook (1) to groove on handle of quick release pin (3) and the other to the welded ring
on cradle (x). Using pliers, bend ends of S chain hooks closed.
Insert quick release pin (3), push in and turn until flat side aligns with self-locking screw (4).
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove screw (1) and cable assembly (2) from body (3).
2
1
2NL0239
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
REASSEMBLY
Apply sealing compound to threads of screw (1); insert screw (1) through hole in cable assembly (2) and
attach to body (3).
For unit maintenance of the pintle adapter assembly, refer to WP 0069 00.
For unit maintenance of the Traversing and Elevation Mechanism Assembly, refer to WP 0042 00.
INITIAL SETUP
Tools and Special Tools: Materials/Parts (cont):
Tool Kit, Small Arms Repairman, Enamel, Olive Green, (item 7, WP 0179 00)
PN SC 5180-95-B71 Enamel, Sand, (item 8, WP 0179 00)
Lubricant, Solid Film, (item 10, WP 0179 00)
Materials/Parts: Rag, Wiping, (item 14, WP 0179 00)
Cleaner, lubricant and preservative, (CLP), Solvent, Cleaning, (item 17, WP 0179 00)
(item 3, WP 0179 00)
Cotter pin (2), P/N MS24665-441 Equipment Condition:
Cotter pin, P/N NAS24665-304 Adapter removed from vehicle/tripod.
DISASSEMBLY
Using pliers, pry up legs of cotter pin (1), remove and discard.
Place a wrench on machine bolt (2) to hold in place, and remove slotted plain nut (3) from machine bolt
(2).
Remove machine bolt (2) from pintle (4), remove assembled components (5) from pintle (4).
1
5
3
2
4
2NL0233
0093 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0093 00
Using pliers, pry up legs of cotter pin (6), remove and discard.
Place a wrench on drill shank bolt (11) to hold in place, and remove slotted plain nut (7) and flat washer
(8) from drill shank bolt (11).
Remove drill shank bolt (11) and separate LH mount adapter (10) from RH mount adapter (9).
6
8 9
7
10
11
2NL0234
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Install LH mount adapter (10) and RH mount adapter (9) on drill shank bolt (11).
6
8 9
7
10
11
2NL0234
0093 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0093 00
Install flat washer (8) and slotted plain nut (7) on drill shank bolt (11).
Place a wrench on drill shank bolt (11) to hold in place, and tighten slotted plain nut (7).
Install new cotter pin (6) through slotted plain nut (7) and drill shank bolt (11). Using pliers, bend legs of
cotter pin (6) to secure.
Insert machine bolt (2) through the pintle (4) and assembled components (5). Install slotted plain nut (3).
1
5
3
2
4
2NL0233
Place a wrench on machine bolt (2) to hold in place, and tighten slotted plain nut (3).
Install new cotter pin (1) through machine bolt (2) and slotted plain nut (3). Using pliers, bend legs of
cotter pin (1) to secure.
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
Use care when removing spring-loaded parts, personal injury may occur.
Depress platform latch (1), with punch and hammer tap out grooved head pin (2).
Separate helical torsion spring (3) and platform latch (1) from platform (4).
2NL0235
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Replace both grooved head pin and helical torsion spring if loose or worn.
0094 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0094 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Position helical torsion spring (3) against platform (4). Ensure longer L-shaped end is seated in groove of
platform and shorter end projects away from platform.
NOTE
If necessary, use punch to align helical torsion spring and pinholes in platform latch with
platform.
Position platform latch (1) against helical torsion spring (3) and compress so pinholes of platform latch (1)
and platform (4) are aligned.
Hold platform latch (1) compressed and install grooved head pin (2) into pinhole of platform (4). Gentle
tap into place using hammer until grooved head pin protrudes evenly on either side of platform (4).
When grooved head pin (4) is installed, release platform latch (1). Spring action should be crisp with no
binding.
2NL0235
0094 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0095 00
If seams of machine gun mount cover (1) are split, repair if possible.
If seams are non-reparable, material is torn, or zipper (2) is broken, replace cover.
2NL0237
DISASSEMBLY
Loosen velcro tabs on catch bag (1) to remove catch bag frame (2).
2NL0238
INSPECTION/REPAIR
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions.
REASSEMBLY
Position catch bag frame (2) under flaps of catch bag (1).
Close velcro tabs to secure catch bag (1) to catch bag frame (2).
DISASSEMBLY
Remove ammunition box mounting tray assembly (1) from ammunition loading tray (2) by rotating locking
lever (3) upward and sliding ammunition box mounting tray assembly (1) downward from ammunition
loading tray.
Do not remove thumbscrew (4) from ammunition box tray assembly (1).
4
1
4
2NL0255
Using a screwdriver and pliers, pry up ends of cotter pin (5), remove and discard cotter pin.
Separate pad assembly (7) from top pressure strap assembly (8).
8
6
2NL0256
0097 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0097 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Using a screwdriver and pliers, pry up ends of cotter pin (9), remove and discard pin.
Rotate top pressure strap assembly (10) downward to relieve spring tension.
Separate helical torsion spring (12) from top of pressure strap assembly (10) and rear strap assembly
(13).
12
9
10 11
13
2NL0257
Using a screwdriver and pliers, pry up ends of cotter pin (14), remove and discard pin.
Separate helical torsion spring (16) from rear pressure strap assembly (13) and ammunition loading tray (2).
13
14
16
15
2NL0258
0097 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0097 00
NOTE
Remove rivet only if damaged.
Position a punch under head of solid rivet (17) and hit with a hammer to break-off head of rivet. Discard
rivet. Remove cam (18).
17
18
2NL0281
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT
Replace ammunition box bracket assembly (1) if bracket is damaged, if welded lugs (19) and/or
thumbscrew (4) is missing, damaged or unserviceable.
19
2NL0283
0097 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0097 00
REPAIR/REPLACEMENT (cont)
If ammunition loading (2) tray is damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
2NL0280
REASSEMBLY
NOTE
Perform this step only if the rivet was removed.
Align cam (18) to hole in ammunition tray (2) and insert rivet (17). Turn ammunition loading tray upright
(on end). Using vise jaw as an anvil, peen over back end of rivet with punch and hammer.
17
18
2NL0282
Position rear strap assembly (13) against ammunition holding tray (2) with pinholes aligned.
13
14
16
15
2NL0258
0097 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0097 00
Position helical torsion spring (16) between pinholes, ends upward as shown.
Insert straight pin (15) through rear strap assembly and first set of coils of helical torsion spring (16).
Using pliers, rotate tab on helical torsion spring (16) downward so tab is seated on ammunition holding
tray (2).
Tap straight pin (15) through second set of coils and other side of rear strap assembly (13) and
ammunition holding tray (2).
Install new cotter pin (14) through hole in end of straight pin. Using pliers, bend the ends of cotter pin
around the straight pin (15).
Position top pressure strap assembly (10) against rear strap assembly (13) with pinholes aligned.
Seat tab of helical torsion spring (12) on top pressure strap assembly (10) with coils of helical torsion
spring aligned with pinholes in top pressure strap assembly.
NOTE
The two ends of helical torsion spring will stick upward and tab will rest on top pressure
strap assembly when aligned correctly.
Insert straight pin (11) through top pressure strap assembly (10) and first set of coils on helical torsion
spring (12).
12
9
10 11
13
2NL0257
Using pliers, rotate tab on helical torsion spring (12) downward until tab is seated on rear strap assembly
(10).
Tap straight pin (11) through second set of coils and other side of pressure strap assembly (10) and rear
strap assembly (13).
Install new cotter pin (9) through hole in end of straight pin. Using pliers, bend the ends of cotter pin
around the straight pin (11).
0097 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0097 00
REASSEMBLY (cont)
Align pinholes in top pressure strap assembly (8) with those in pad assembly (7).
8
6
2NL0256
Install new cotter pin (5) through hole in end of straight pin. Using pliers, bend the ends of cotter pin
around the straight pin (6).
Position ammunition box bracket assembly (1) below ammunition loading tray (2) with grooves aligned.
Lift locking lever (3) on ammunition loading tray (2) and slide ammunition box bracket assembly (1)
upward into grooves of ammunition loading tray (2).
Lower locking lever (3) to hold ammunition box bracket assembly (1) in place.
2NL0259
0097 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0098 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Using pliers, spread ends of S-hooks and remove chain assembly 93) from headed shoulder pin 91) and
weldment bracket (2).
1
4
4
3 2NL0284
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0098 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0098 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacture’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Install chain assembly (3) in weldment bracket (2) and headed shoulder pin (1).
1
4
4
3 2NL0284
0098 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0099 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Only one clamp is shown; upper and lower clamps are the same.
Remove two nuts (1), two screws (2), and two washers (3) for both the upper and lower clamp (4).
3
4 2
1 2NL0286
Unscrew train lock handle (5) from middle clamp (6) and pivot (7).
Remove nut (8), washer (9) and screw (10) form middle clamp (6) and pivot (7). Separate middle clamp (6).
7
6
10
9
8 2NL0285
0099 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0099 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Unscrew pivot lock handle (11) from pivot arm (12) and pivot (7). Separate pivot (7) from the pivot arm (12).
11 12
2NL0287
Remove two nuts (13) and two screws (14) from pivot arm (12). Note clamp is not removable; it is welded
to the pivot arm (12). Separate traversing and elevating mechanism (T&E) (16) from the pivot arm (12).
16
15
14
13
12
14
13
2NL0288
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0099 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0099 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CLP.
ASSEMBLY
Insert T&E (16) into pivot arm (12) as shown. Insert two screws (15) through the clamp and install two
washers (14) and two nuts (13) on screws; tighten nuts (13)
16
15
14
13
12
14
13
2NL0288
Align pivot (7) with pivot arm (12); screw pivot lock handle (11) completely through both pivot (7) with
pivot arm (12).
11 12
2NL0287
0099 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0099 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Align middle clamp (6) and pivot (7); insert screw (9) through right side of middle clamp (6) and pivot (7).
Install washer (9) and nut (10).
7
6
10
9
8 2NL0285
Install two screws (1), two washers (2) and two nuts (3), on both upper and lower clamp assembly (4).
3
4 2
1 2NL0286
0099 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0100 00
DISASSEMBLY
Using pliers spread ends of S-hooks and remove chain assembly (3) from headed shoulder pin (1) and
weldment bracket (2).
1
4
4
3 2NL0240
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0100 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0100 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Install chain assembly (3) in weldment bracket (2) and headed shoulder pin (1).
1
4
4
3 2NL0240
0100 00-2
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0101 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove two shoulder bolts (1), azimuth indicator (2) and travel lock (10) from adjustable arm (3).
Remove spring pin (4) from thumbscrew (5). Remove thumbscrew and adjustable arm (3) with
assembled parts from universal pintle adapter body assembly (6).
Remove four machine screws (8) and retaining plate (9) from adjustable arm (3).
10
6
2
8
1
9
1
3
7
5
4 2NL0253
0101 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0101 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Remove four machine screws (13) and retaining plate (14) from body (12).
Unscrew manual control handle (15) from body (12) and remove headless straight pin (16).
Loosen and remove machine screw (19) and quick release pin assembly (20) from body (21).
11
14 21
20
12
19
13
16
15
17 18
2NL0254
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0101 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0101 00
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
Do not over tighten manual control handle when the universal pintle adapter is not
installed on mount, as the pawl will spread the split ring out of round.
Install headless straight pin (16) and screw manual control handle (15) into body (21).
Slide split sleeve (18) onto body (21) and install retaining screw (17).
Align retaining plate (14), with inscribed markings and single white dot facing away from arm of body (21).
Apply sealing compound to four machine screws (13) and secure retaining plate (14) to body (21).
11
14 21
20
12
19
13
16
15
17 18
2NL0254
Install retaining plate (9) with inscribed markings and white dot facing the azimuth indicator (2).
10
6
2
8
1
9
1
3
7
5
4 2NL0253
0101 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0101 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Install adjustable arm (3), with white dots on retaining plates aligned, on body assembly (6).
Screw in thumbscrew (5) and install new spring pin (4), leaving equal lengths protruding.
Install azimuth indicator (2) and travel lock (10) on adjustable arm (3) and secure with two shoulder bolts
(1). Ensure the indicator markings face outward. Azimuth indicator will still rotate when fully tightened.
10
6
2
8
1
9
1
3
7
5
4 2NL0253
0101 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0102 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Remove pintle bushing only for replacement.
If necessary, heat area around pintle bushing (1) with a blowtorch to loosen sealing compound. Press
pintle bushing out of cradle (2) using a shop press, follow standard shop procedures.
2NL0252
0102 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0102 00
WARNING
Depression stop must be installed when firing the MK19 MOD 3 during training. If not
installed the weapon can depress below the safety limit (200 meters elevation),
endangering personnel.
Using a wrench loosen plain hex nut (1) from the end of hexagon head machine bolt (2) while holding the
bolt with a second wrench.
Remove hexagon head machine bolt (2) from block on bottom of cradle (3).
3
1
2NL0255
INSPECTION/REPAIR
Replace pintle bushing (1) if damaged, or if it will not hold the M2, .50 caliber, pintle firmly in place, while
allowing it to swivel on the mount.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0102 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0102 00
ASSEMBLY
WARNING
Cleaning solvent is FLAMMABLE and TOXIC and must be kept away from open flames
and used in a well-ventilated area. Use of rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin
when washing weapons parts.
Press pintle bushing (1) into cradle (2) until the lip is flush with cradle.
If heat was used to remove old pintle, prime and repaint the area around pintle bushing (1).
2NL0252
Install plain hex nut (1) approximately one inch down threads of hexagon head machine bolt (2).
Install threaded end of hexagon head machine bolt (2) into block on bottom of cradle (3).
Using a wrench tighten plain hexagon nut (1) securely against block (3) while holding hexagon head
machine bolt (2) with a second wrench.
3
1
2NL0255
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Remove two hexagon head cap screws (1). Heat area with blowtorch to loosen sealing compound if
necessary.
Lift lock housing (2) and remove two helical compression springs (3).
Position punch under head of solid rivet (4) and hit with hammer to break off head of solid rivet; then pull
out stem and discard.
Remove lock body (5), spacing collar (6), and release cam (7).
7 6
3
4
5
1
2NL0156
0103 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0103 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
NOTE
If helical compression springs are damaged or weak, they shall be replaced as a set.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
WARNING
Cleaning solvent is FLAMMABLE and TOXIC and must be kept away from open flames
and used in a well-ventilated area. Use of rubber gloves is necessary to protect the skin
when washing weapons parts.
Using cleaning solvent, clean threads of two hexagon head cap screws (1).
Assemble lock body (5), spacing collar (6), and release cam (7).
Install new solid rivet (4) through holes in lock body (5), spacing collar (6), and release cam (7).
NOTE
The solid rivet should secure the pintle lock components with relative movement between
them.
Apply sealing compound to threads of two hexagon head cap screws (1).
7 6
3
4
5
1
2NL0156
0103 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0103 00
WARNING
To avoid injury to eyes, use care when removing or installing spring-loaded parts.
Assemble pintle lock components (4 through 7) and two helical compression springs (3) in lock housing
(2).
Position (2) against the block on the bottom of cradle (8) with screw holes aligned.
TEST/INSPECTION
Check operation by raising and lowering release cam. Spring cam should be smooth with no binding. If
pintle lock assembly binds or is loose, disassemble and replace damaged parts.
For direct support maintenance of the T&E mechanism refer to WP 0046 00.
AND
OPERATOR
INSTRUCTIONS
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0105 00
Component assembly designed as a defensive ground mount for the MK19 MOD 3 and M2 HB machine
guns onto the M3 tripod and vehicle applications. Composed of a carriage assembly (1) and cradle
assembly (2).
2NL0257
MK93 MOD 1 MACHINE GUN MOUNT AND MK93 MOD 2 MACHINE GUN MOUNT
Component assembly designed as a defensive mount for the MK19 MOD 3 and M2 HB machine guns
onto the M3 tripod and various vehicle rings and pedestals. Composed of the carriage and cradle
assembly (1), universal pintle adapter (UPA) (2), traverse and elevating mechanism (T&E) (3), catch bag
assembly (4), mounting bracket (5), and .50 caliber ammo holder assembly. The MK93 MOD 2 has an
integrated pintle for sturdier mounting.
4 5
2NL0291
0105 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0105 00
CARRIAGE AND CRADLE ASSEMBLY (1) - Provides a means of traversing and elevating an installed
weapon. It can be configured to mount the MK19 MOD 3, 40mm, grenade machine gun (GMG), or the
M2 heavy barrel (HB), .50 caliber machine gun. No modification to either weapon is required when
changing from one weapon to the other. The carriage and cradle has a small bolt-on pintle, which allows
it to be used in the standard small sockets (i.e., M3 tripod mount or universal pintle adapter).
MOD 2
2NL0259
UNIVERSAL PINTLE ADAPTER (2) - The universal pintle adapter (UPA) allows the carriage and cradle
to fit on all vehicle machine gun pedestals, stands, or rings listed in this manual. The hole (1) in the upper
end of the UPA is shaped to fit the pintle on the carriage and cradle assembly. The UPA is equipped with
a pin and cable assembly (2) to secure the pintle in the adapter. The lower end (3) is shaped to fit the
mounting hole in the upper end of the M6 pedestal, HMMWV ring pedestal, M66 ring, MK16 MOD 0
stand, M109 Series and FAASV. It is secured by the pintle lock on the vehicle pedestal, ring, or stand.
2NL0158
0105 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0105 00
ELEVATION MECHANISM ASSEMBLY (3) - The elevation mechanism assembly is use to secure the
carriage and cradle to the UPA, and to provide mechanical fire control adjustments. The elevation
mechanism assembly is attached to the lower rear holes in the carriage and cradle by a handle (1).
2NL0159
CATCH BAG ASSEMBLY (4) - The Catch bag assembly is used to catch empty cartridge cases as they
eject from the bottom of the MK19 MOD 3 or M2 machine gun. The catch bag (1) is made of rubberized
canvas. It is held in place by a metal frame that attaches to the bottom of the cradle under the machine
guns receiver by left and right rear loops (2) and a release pin (3). The catch bag assembly should be
emptied regularly to prevent possible interference with weapon operation.
2NL0292
0105 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0105 00
MULTIPURPOSE AMMUNITION CAN BRACKET ASSEMBLY (5) - The multipurpose ammunition can
bracket assembly provides a bracket that can carry two different size ammunition cans of 40MM
ammunition.
2NL0167
.50 CALIBER AMMO HOLDER ASSEMBLY (6) - The holder assembly provides a means of containing a
box of .50 caliber ammunition. The holder assembly has a locking lid for containment with an opening for
feed of ammunition. The assembly mounts using pins and a locking nut to the ammo bracket of the
carriage and cradle assembly.
2NL0293
Not Applicable
0105 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0105 00
EQUIPMENT DATA
Not Applicable.
OPERATOR INSTRUCTION
THEORY OF OPERATION
The MK 93 Mod 1 & 2 provide a means of traversing and elevating an installed weapon through the use
of a T&E mechanism attached to the Universal Pintle Adapter. The MK93 Mod 1 & 2 has the capability of
mounting both the MK19 GMG and M2 machine gun without additional adapters. The MK93 Carriage
and Cradle inserts into either the pintle socket of the Universal Pintle Adapter or the brass bushing on the
head of the M3 Tripod. The Universal Pintle Adapter has a large pintle for mounting into the sockets of
pedestal, rings, or vehicle sockets. The MK93 Mod 1 & 2 contain a depression stop to prevent the range
of fire from coming too close to the vehicle. The MK93 Mod 1 & 2 also contain a catch bag assembly to
keep spent cartridges from dropping into the cab of vehicles.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean and remove any rust; lubricate. If problem still exist, notify unit maintenance.
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Clean and remove any rust; lubricate. If problem still exist, notify unit maintenance.
0107 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0107 00
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
Loosen thumbscrew and check on retaining plates. Teeth should have crisp edges, not round off.
Notify unit maintenance for repair.
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
Check for missing/damaged machine screw and/or self-locking nut. Check latch/bracket for
damage.
CORRECTIVE ACTION
0107 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0107 00
SYMPTOM
MALFUNCTION
CORRECTIVE ACTION
1 Before/ Carriage/ Check for missing/damaged quick release Pins and/or cables
After Cradle pin or retainer pin; broken/missing cables. are missing/
damaged.
Check for missing or damaged hex nut and Hex nut and/or
depression stop (bolt). depression stop (bolt)
are missing/
damaged.
2 Before/ Universal Pintle Check for inoperable or missing traverse Traverse arm
After Adapter arm assembly. assembly is
inoperable or
missing.
3 Before/ Elevation Check traverse and elevation axis for Mechanism sticks
After mechanism smooth operation. Turn axis knobs through during rotation or an
Assembly full range of movement to ensure nothing audible click cannot
sticks. Listen for an audible click. be heard.
4 Before/ Catch Bag Check frame for bends or breaks. Catch bag frame is
After Assembly damaged so that
proper installation is
prevented.
Check bag for tears and/or split seams. Bag will not hold
spent casings.
0108 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0108 00
5 Before/ Ammunition Check latch for functionality. Latch will not hold top
After Chest closed.
6 Before/ Multipurpose Check for bent, bowed, or damaged Bracket bent, bowed,
After Ammunition Can weldment bracket; cracks in welded areas; or damaged. Cracks
Bracket Assembly elongated pinholes and/or missing in welds, pinholes
hardware. elongated and/or
missing hardware.
0108 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
WARNING
Catch bag shall be installed when mounted on a vehicle to prevent spent casings from
entering cab area.
NOTE
Only the HMMWV Armament Ring is shown for illustration purposes. Mounting
procedures for the M939 LWRM are the same.
Using a wrench, loosen the four lock screws (1) by turning counterclockwise until threaded ends are flush
with HMMWV pedestal’s inner wall (2).
1 1
2NL0180
0109 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
2NL0181
Tighten manual control handle (5). Pull upward on the UPA (3) to ensure it is secured in place.
2NL0182
0109 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
Rotate traverse arm assembly (6) upward two marks above normal “dot to dot” stowed position.
2NL0262
2NL0263
Insert carriage pintle (8) into top of the UPA (3). Insert the quick release pin (7) into UPA (3). Pull upward
and twist MK93 MOD 0, it should be locked into the UPA, but should traverse freely left and right.
2NL0264
0109 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
Rotate elevating hand-wheel (6) of T&E mechanism assembly until T&E is near the fully compressed
(short) length (no more than 5 threads showing). Place T&E on left side of azimuth indicator (7) and
loosely clamp with traversing slide lock lever (8). Pin T&E to cradle with handle (9).
9
6
8
2NL0265
Center traversing adjustment of T&E using traversing hand-wheel (11). Pull the handle (9) halfway out
and loosen traversing slide lock lever (8) on T&E. Slide T&E to the left side of azimuth indicator (7).
CENTER
9
11
8 7
2NL0267
0109 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
Remove the rear quick release pin (1) from the carriage and cradle.
WARNING
A two-man lift is required for the MK19 machine gun.
Hoist the weapon onto the carriage and cradle assembly. Lower the muzzle slightly below horizontal.
4
1
5
2/3
MK19-120
Align the receiver’s two locking channels (2) with the two forward headless shoulder pins (3) on the
carriage and cradle assembly. Push the weapon forward, and slide the headless shoulder pins (3) into
the locking channels (2).
Align holes in the weapon’s sear assembly (4) with the rear holes (5) in the carriage and cradle assembly.
Insert the carriage and cradle assembly’s rear quick release pin (1).
0109 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
Ensure shocks (2) and slider (3) are turned up. Install rear slider quick release pin (1) in rear of carriage
and cradle.
WARNING
A two-man lift is required for the M2 machine gun.
Align front mounting holes of weapon with holes on shocks (2), insert quick release pin (4).
Lower rear of weapon until rear mounting lugs align with hole in slider, insert quick release pin (1).
2
3
4
1
5
2
2NL0289
0109 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
Partially unscrew wing nut (9) on .50 cal ammo holder assembly.
Align threaded stud with rear groove of cradle side plate, slide threaded stud upward into groove and
insert welded pins (10) into rear slots (11). Push down on holder assembly to seat.
6 2NL0294
FREE GUN
Remove handle (1), and loosen traversing slide lock lever (2). Rotate T&E assembly, and travel lock if in
O
place, downward. The gun is now free to travel 360 , if needed.
2
2NL0295
0109 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
Clear the weapon in accordance with weapons operators TM. Reverse installation procedures to remove
weapons.
WARNING
Weapons shall be manned when mounted for operation in moving vehicles, except when
travel lock is engaged. If weapon is not manned in a turret, the ring must be locked
forward, the travel lock must be attached, and all adjustment screw must be tightened.
NOTE
Weapon removed for clarity.
Loosen T&E and move to left end of azimuth bar. Swing the travel lock (10) up so the small hole end is
near left side of elevation screw. Adjust the elevating hand wheel (6) until the travel lock can enter gap
with holes aligned, and push handle (9) completely through the travel lock and T&E yoke.
6
9
10
2NL0296
0109 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0109 00
CAUTION
The purpose of turning the elevating hand-wheel counterclockwise to raise the elevation
mechanism off the azimuth indicator is so the weight (load) of the gun and carriage and
cradle assembly is on the travel lock instead of the T&E. This prevents damage to the
adjustment threads of the T&E.
Loosen traversing slide lock lever (11). Rotate traversing hand-wheel (6) on elevation mechanism
assembly counterclockwise (completely to the left) until T&E clamps travel lock securely. Turn elevating
hand-wheel (6) of the T&E counterclockwise until elevating sleeve (12) rises from the azimuth indicator
about 1/4 inch (0.635 cm).
6
9
10
11
12
2NL0297
The MK93 MOD 1 and MOD 2 Machine Gun Mount consists of the following components, refer to
individual work packages for unit maintenance.
4 5
2NL0291
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
Remove two headless shoulder pins (1) from machine gun cradle (2).
By spreading ends of retaining ring, remove quick-release pin (3) from yoke (4).
By spreading ends of retaining rings, remove quick-release pin assemblies (5 and 6) from machine gun
cradle (2).
2
1
4
6
3
2NL0269
INSPECTION/REPAIR
For further disassembly of yoke assembly and carriage assembly notify direct support maintenance.
ASSEMBLY
Spread ends of retaining ring, and attach quick-release pin assemblies (5 and 6) to machine gun cradle
(2).
Spread ends of retaining ring, and attach quick-release pin (3) to yoke (4).
Install two headless shoulder pins (1) in machine gun cradle (2).
For unit maintenance repair of Traverse and Elevation Mechanism, refer to WP 0042 00.
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
When disassembling catch bag, pull Velcro seal away from catch bag frame.
Open Velcro seals and remove catch bag (1) from catch bag frame (2).
Spread ends of retaining rings (3) and remove quick-release pin (4) from catch bag frame (2).
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0114 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0114 00
ASSEMBLY
Spread ends of retaining ring (3) and install quick-release pin (4) on catch bag frame (2).
Install casings bag (1), with Velcro unsealed, onto catch bag frame (2). Close Velcro seals.
0114 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0115 00
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Top bracket (3) is a component of clamping catch and cannot be ordered separately.
Take care not to lose or damage this item.
Remove two self-locking nuts (1), two machine screws (2), and top bracket (3) from ammo can holder (4).
Discard self-locking nuts.
Remove two self-locking nuts (5), two machine screws (6), and clamping catch (7) from ammo can holder
(4). Discard self-locking nuts.
2NL0271
0116 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0116 00
INSPECTION/REPAIR
If ammo can holder is broken or damaged, repair is by replacement of next higher assembly.
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
Install clamping catch (7) on ammo can holder (4) with two machine screws (6) and two new self-locking
nuts (5).
Install top bracket (3) on ammo can holder (4) with two machine screws (2) and two new self-locking nuts
(1).
2NL0271
0116 00-2
DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0117 00
INITIAL SETUP
NOTE
Procedures are the same for all modifications.
DISASSEMBLY
Remove and discard two self-locking nuts (1). Remove two machine bolts (2) and lift carriage assembly
(3) from cradle (4).
2NL0272
0117 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0117 00
DISASSEMBLY (cont)
Remove self-locking nut (5), flat washer (6), mount pintle (7), and flat washer (8) from yoke (4). Discard
self-locking nut (5).
5
6
2NL0349
INSPECTION/REPAIR
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint. Allow to dry
per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
0117 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0117 00
ASSEMBLY
Install flat washer (8) and mount pintle (7) and flat washer (6) on yoke (4). Secure with new self-locking
nut (5).
5
6
2NL0349
Install carriage assembly (3) on yoke (4). Install two machine bolts (2) and secure with two new self-
locking nuts (1).
2NL0272
INITIAL SETUP
DISASSEMBLY
NOTE
Do not disassemble depression stop assembly beyond removal of the continuous stud.
Remove three hexagon cap screws (1) and remove depression stop assembly (2). Remove continuous
stud (3) from depression stop assembly (2).
2
3 2NL0273
0118 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0118 00
DISASSEMLBY (cont)
Hold straight shaft (4) by placing a wrench on wrench flats of straight shaft. Remove hexagon cap screw
(5) and flat washer (6) from straight shaft (4). While supporting rear slider assembly (7) with one hand,
pull straight shaft out through rear brace support (8).
4
7
6 5 2NL0274
NOTE
Before removing the shock absorber assemblies from the machine gun cradle, note that
the concave side of the two spring tension washers (9) face the slide assemblies. Also
note the notched cutout on the link deflectors (10) and its position to the inside and front
of the machine gun cradle when configured for the M2 machine gun.
The next three steps are written and illustrated for one shock absorber assembly but
apply to both.
Remove three machine bolts (11) from side of machine gun cradle (12). Using a wrench, hold straight
shaft (13) by placing the wrench on wrench flats on straight shaft. Remove hexagon cap screw (14) and
flat washer (15). Remove spring tension washer (9) between front slide assembly (17) and machine gun
cradle (12). Remove shock absorber assembly (17).
17
10
16
13
15
11 14
12
2NL0275
0118 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0118 00
Pull straight shaft (13) out through shock absorber mounting bracket (18).
18
13
2NL0276
Remove four machine screws (19) and link deflector (10) from shock absorber mounting bracket (18) and
mount deflector (20). Unscrew front slide assembly (21) from shock absorber (22) and remove mount
deflector (20). Unscrew shock absorber mounting bracket (22) from shock absorber (23).
Pull straight shaft (13) out of mounting bracket (18). Slide spring tension washer (9) and shock absorber
(23) off of straight shaft (13).
19
19
10
20
21
13
23
9
18 22
2NL0277
Remove internal retaining ring (24) from shock absorber mounting bracket (21) using retaining ring pliers.
21
24
2NL0278
INSPECTION/REPAIR
0118 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0118 00
CLEANING
Clean all components with CLP, wipe dry and apply light coat of CLP.
REFINISHING/LUBRICATION
Clean area to be refinished with cleaning solvent, wipe dry, and touch-up with enamel paint (item 6, WP
0179 00). Allow to dry per manufacturer’s instructions. Apply light coat of CPL.
ASSEMBLY
NOTE
When installing the shock absorber assemblies in the machine gun cradle, ensure the
concave side of the two spring tension washers face the front slide assemblies. Also
ensure the notched cutout on the link deflectors is positioned to the inside and front of the
machine gun cradle when configured for the M2 machine gun.
The next 5 steps are written and illustrated for one shock absorber assembly but apply to
both.
Install internal retaining ring (24) into end of shock absorber mounting bracket (21).
21
24
2NL0278
Screw shock absorber (22) on shock absorber mounting bracket (18). Install mount deflector (20) on
shock absorber. Screw shock absorber into front slide assembly (21). Align holes in link deflector (10)
with holes in shock absorber mounting bracket (18) and mount deflector (20). Apply sealing compound to
four machine screws (19) and install screws.
Slide mounting bracket (23) and spring tension washer (9) onto straight shaft (13).
19
19
10
20
21
13
23
9
18 22
2NL0277
0118 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0118 00
Install straight shaft (13) with assembled parts through rear of shock absorber mounting bracket (18) and
front slide assembly (21).
18
13
2NL0276
Install shock absorber assembly (17) into machine gun cradle (12).
Install flat washer (15) on hexagon cap screw (14). Install hexagon cap screw through front of machine
gun cradle (12). Install spring tension washer (9) on hexagon cap screw and into front slide assembly
(16) (finger tighten only). Apply sealing compound to three machine bolts (11) and install machine bolts
through side of machine gun cradle and into mounting bracket assembly (17).
NOTE
Ensure shock absorber mounting bracket assembly (17) is properly positioned (link
deflector (10) up) before tightening.
With an open-end wrench, hold straight shaft (13) by placing wrench on wrench flats of the straight shaft
and tighten cap screw (14).
17
10
16
13
15
11 14
12
2NL0275
0118 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0118 00
ASSEMBLY (cont)
Install rear slider assembly (7) in machine gun cradle (12) with the mounting hole down and to the rear.
Support rear slider assembly with one hand while installing straight shaft through rear brace support (8)
and rear slider assembly. Install flat washer (6) and hexagon cap screw (5) on straight shaft (4). With an
open-end wrench, hold straight shaft (4) by placing wrench on wrench flats of the straight shaft and
tighten cap-screw (5).
4
7
6 5 2NL0274
NOTE
Slotted end of continuous stud should point down and toward rear or machine gun cradle.
Apply sealing compound to three hexagon cap screws (1). Install hexagon cap screws from inside of
machine gun cradle (12) in depression stop assembly (2) on outside of cradle. Insert continuous stud (3)
into depression stop assembly (2) and secure.
2
3 2NL0273
0118 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0118 00
Rotate shock absorber assemblies (17) to the up position, and install quick release pin from yoke
assembly (not shown).
Install two setscrews (25) into machine gun cradle (12) until setscrews contact shock absorber surface.
Install two hexagon plain nuts (26) on setscrews. Ensure nuts are flush with setscrews.
Back off setscrews between 1/4 and 1/2 turn, and tighten nuts clockwise to lock in place.
26
17
25
12
25
2NL0279
26
For direct support maintenance of universal pintle adapter, traverse arm assembly, and universal pintle
adapter body assembly, refer to WP 0101 00.
CHAPTER 10
SUPPORTING INFORMATION
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0120 00
REFERENCES
DA PAM 25-30 ........................................ Consolidated Index of Army Publications and Blank Forms
FIELD MANUALS
TECHNICAL MANUALS
TM 9-1005-213-10 .................................. Operator’s Manual for Machine Gun, .50 Cal, Browning, M2
Heavy Barrel, Flexible W/E
TM 9-1005-230-10 .................................. Operator’s Manual for MK19 Mod 3, 40MM, Grenade Machine
Gun
TM 9-1005-313-10 .................................. Operator’s Manual for M240 Series, 7.62mm, Machine Gun
0120 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0120 00
REFERENCES (cont)
TECHNICAL ORDERS
MISCELLANIOUS PUBLICATIONS
0120 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
INTRODUCTION
This introduction provides a general explanation of all maintenance and repair functions authorized at
various maintenance levels under the standard Army Maintenance System concept.
The MAC (immediately following the introduction) designates overall authority and responsibility for the
performance of maintenance functions on the identified end item or component. The application of the
maintenance functions to the end item or component shall be consistent with the capacities and
capabilities of the designated maintenance levels, which are shown on the MAC in column (4) as:
The tools and test equipment requirements (immediately following the MAC) list the tools and test
equipment (both special tools and common tool sets) required for each maintenance function as
referenced from the MAC.
The remarks (immediately following the tools and test equipment requirements) contain supplemental
instructions and explanatory notes for a particular maintenance function.
Maintenance Functions
Inspect. To determine the serviceability of an item by comparing its physical, mechanical, and/or
electrical characteristics with established standards through examination (e.g., by sight, sound, or feel).
This includes scheduled inspection and gaging and evaluation of cannon tubes.
Service. Operations required periodically to keep an item in proper operating condition; e.g., to clean
(includes decontaminate, when required), to preserve, to drain, to paint, or to replenish fuel, lubricants,
chemical fluids, or gases. This includes scheduled exercising and purging or recoil mechanisms.
Adjust. To maintain or regulate, within prescribed limits, by bringing into proper position, or by setting the
operating characteristics to specified parameters.
Align. To adjust specified variable elements of an item to bring about optimum or desired performance.
0121 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
Remove/Install. To remove and install the same item when required to perform service or other
maintenance functions. Install may be the act of emplacing, seating, or fixing into position a spare, repair
part, or module (component or assembly) in a manner to allow the proper functioning of an equipment or
system.
Replace. To remove an unserviceable item and install a serviceable counterpart in its place. “Replace” is
authorized by the MAC and assigned maintenance level is shown as the third position code of the
Source, Maintenance and Recoverability (SMR) code.
NOTE
The following are applicable to the “repair” maintenance function:
Rebuild. Consists of those services/actions necessary for the restoration of unserviceable equipment to a
like new condition in accordance with original manufacturing standards. Rebuild is the highest degree of
materiel maintenance applied to Army equipment. The rebuild operation includes the act of returning to
zero those age measurements (e.g., hours/miles) considered in classifying Army equipment/components.
Column (1) – Group Number. Column (1) lists FGC numbers, the purpose of which is to identify
maintenance significant components, assemblies, subassemblies, and modules with the Next Higher
Assembly (NHA)).
Column (2) – Component/Assembly. Column (2) contains the item names of components, assemblies,
subassemblies, and modules for which maintenance is authorized.
Column (3) – Maintenance Function. Column (3) lists thee functions to be performed on the item listed in
column (2). (For a detailed explanation of these functions refer to “Maintenance Functions” outlined
above.
0121 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
Column (4) – Maintenance Level. Column (4) specifies each level of maintenance authorized to perform
each function listed in column (3), by indicating work time required (expressed as man-hours in whole
hours or decimals) in the appropriate sub-column. This work time figure represents the active time
required to perform that maintenance function at the indicated level of maintenance. If the number or
complexity of the tasks within the listed maintenance function varies at different maintenance levels,
appropriate work time figures are to be shown for each level. The work time figure represents the
average time required to restore an item (assembly, sub-assembly, component, module, end item, or
system) to a serviceable condition under typical field operating conditions. This time includes preparation
time, and quality assurance time in addition to the time required to perform the specific tasks identified for
the maintenance functions authorized in the MAC. The symbol designations for the various maintenance
levels are as follows:
O – Unit Maintenance
D – Depot Maintenance
NOTE
The “L” maintenance level is not included in column (4) of the MAC. Functions to this
level of maintenance are identified by work time figures in the “H” column of column (4),
and an associated reference code is used in the REMARKS column (6). This code is
keyed to the remarks and the SRA complete repair application is explained there.
Column (5) – Tools and Equipment Reference Code. Column (5) specifies, by code, those common tool
sets (not individual tools), common Test, Measurement and Diagnostic Equipment (TMDE), and special
tools, special TMDE and special support equipment required to perform the designated function. Codes
are keyed to the entries in the tools and test equipment table.
Column (6) – Remarks Code. When applicable, this column contains a letter code, in alphabetical order
which is keyed to the remarks table entries.
Column (1) – Tools or Test Equipment Reference Code. The tool or test equipment reference code
correlates with a code used in column (5) of the MAC.
Column (2) – Maintenance Level. The lowest level of maintenance authorized to use the tool or test
equipment.
Column (4) – National Stock Number (NSN). The NSN of the tool or test equipment
Column (5) – Tool Number. The manufacture’s part number, model number, or type number.
0121 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
Column (1) – Remarks Code. The code recorded in column (6) of the MAC.
Column (2) – Remarks. This column lists information pertinent to the maintenance function being
performed as indicated in the MAC.
0121 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
0121 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
0121 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
0121 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
Table 5. Maintenance Allocation Chart for .6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount
0121 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
0121 00-9
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
0121 00-10
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0121 00
Table 10. Tool and Test Equipment Requirements For Gun Mounts
TOOL OR
TEST
EQUIPMENT MAINTENANCE NATIONAL STOCK
REF CODE LEVEL NOMENCLATURE NUMBER TOOL NUMBER
Not Applicable.
CHAPTER 11
UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS) FOR GUN MOUNTS
INTRODUCTION
SCOPE
This RPSTL lists and authorizes spares and repair parts; special tools; special test, measurement and
diagnostic equipment (TMDE); and other special support equipment required for performance of unit and
direct support maintenance of Gun Mounts. It authorizes the requisitioning, issue, and disposition of
spares, repair parts, and special tools as indicated by the source, maintenance, and recoverability (SMR)
Code.
GENERAL
In addition to the Introduction work package, this RPSTL is divided into the following work packages.
1. Repair Parts List Work Packages. Work packages containing lists of spares and repair parts
authorized by this RPSTL for use in the performance of maintenance. These work packages also include
parts which may be removed for replacement of the authorized parts. Parts lists are composed of
functional groups in ascending alphanumeric sequence, with the parts in each group listed in ascending
figure and item number sequence. Sending units, brackets, filters and bolts are listed with the component
they mount on. Bulk materials are listed by item name in FIG. BULK at the end of the work packages.
Repair kits are listed separately in their own functional group and work package. Repair parts for
reparable special tools are listed in their own functional group and work package. Repair parts for
reparable special tools are also listed in separate work package. Items listed are shown on the
associated illustrations.
2. Special Tools List Work packages. Work packages containing list of special tools, special TMDE,
and special support equipment authorized by this RPSTL (as indicated by Basis of Issue (BOI)
information in the DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column). Tools that are components
of common tool sets and/or Class VII are not listed.
3. Cross-Reference Index Work Packages. There are three cross-reference indexes work packages in
this RPSTL: the National Stock Number (NSN) Index work package, the Part Number Index work
package, and the Reference Designator Index work package. The National Stock Number Index work
package refers you the figure and item number. The Part Number Index work package refers you the
figure and item number. The Reference Designator Index work package refers you the figure and item
number.
0122 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0122 00
UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS) FOR GUN MOUNTS (cont)
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LIST AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST WORK
PACKAGES
ITEM NO. (Column (1)). Indicates the number used to identify items called out in the illustration.
SMR CODE (Column (2)). The SMR code containing supply/requisitioning information, maintenance level
authorization criteria, and disposition instruction, as shown in the following breakout:
*Complete Repair: Maintenance capacity, capability, and authority to perform all corrective
maintenance tasks of the “Repair” function in a use/user environment in order to restore serviceability to a
failed item.
Source
Code Application/Explanation
PA
PB Stock items; use the applicable NSN to requisition/request items with these source codes.
They are authorized to the level indicated by the code entered in the 3rd position of the
PC
SMR code.
PD
NOTE
PE Items coded PC are subject to deterioration.
PF
PG
KD
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They are part of
KF a kit, which is authorized to the maintenance level indicated in the 3rd position of the SMR
code. The complete kit must be requisitioned and applied.
KB
0122 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0122 00
MO – Made
at unit/
AVUM level
MF – Made
at DS/AVIM Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. They must be
level made from bulk material, which is identified by the P/N in the DESCRIPTION AND
USABLE ON CODE (UOC) column and listed in the bulk material group work package
MH – Made of the RPSTL. If the item is authorized to you by the 3rd position code of the SMR
at GS level code, but the source code indicates it is made at a higher level, order the item from the
ML – Made higher level of maintenance.
at SRA
MD – Made
at depot
AO -
Assembled
by unit/
AVUM level
AF –
Assembled
by DS/
Items with these codes are not to be requested/requisitioned individually. The parts that
AVIM level
make up the assembled item must be requisitioned or fabricated and assembled at the
AH – level of maintenance indicated by the source code. If the 3rd position of the SMR code
Assembled authorizes you to replace the item, but the source code indicates the item is assembled
by GS level at a higher level, order the item from the higher level of maintenance.
AL –
Assembled
by SRA
AD –
Assembled
by depot
XA - Do not requisition an “XA” coded item. Order the next higher assembly. (Refer to NOTE
below.)
XB - If an item is not available from salvage, order it using the CAGEC and P/N.
XD - Item is not stocked. Order and XD-coded item through normal supply channels using the
CAGEC and P/N given, if no NSN is available.
NOTE
Cannibalization or controlled exchange, when authorized, may be used as a source of
supply for items with the above source codes except for those items source coded “XA” or
those aircraft support items restricted by requirements of AR 750-1.
0122 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0122 00
UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS) FOR GUN MOUNTS (cont)
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS IN THE REPAIR PARTS LIST AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST WORK
PACKAGES (cont)
Maintenance Code. Maintenance codes tell you the level(s) of maintenance authorized to use and repair
support items. The maintenance codes are entered in the third and forth positions of the SMR code as
follows:
Third Position. The maintenance code entered in the third position tells you the lowest maintenance level
authorized to remove, replace, and use an item. The maintenance code entered in the third position will
indicate authorization to the following levels of maintenance:
Maintenance
Code Application/Explanation
C - Crew or operator maintenance done within unit/AVUM maintenance.
O - Unit level/AVUM maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
F - Direct support/AVIM maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
H - General support maintenance can remove, replace, and use the item.
L - Specialized repair activity can remove, replace, and use the item.
D - Depot can remove, replace, and use the item.
Forth Position. The maintenance code entered in the forth position tells you whether or not the item is to
be repaired and identifies the lowest maintenance level with the capability to do complete repair (perform
all authorized repair functions).
Maintenance
Code Application/Explanation
O - Unit/AVUM is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
F - Direct support/AVIM is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
H - General support is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
L - Specialized repair activity is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
D - Depot is the lowest level that can do complete repair of the item.
Z - Non-reparable. No repair is authorized.
B No repair is authorized. No parts or special tools are authorized for maintenance of
“B” coded item. However, the item may be reconditioned by adjusting, lubricating,
etc., at the user level.
0122 000-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0122 00
Recoverability Code. Recoverability codes are assigned to items to indicate the disposition action on
unserviceable items. The recoverability code is shown in the fifth position of the SMR code as follows:
Recoverability
Code Application/Explanation
Z - Non-reparable item. When unserviceable, condemn and dispose of the item at the
level of maintenance shown in the third position of the SMR code.
O - Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item
at the unit support level.
F - Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item
at the direct support level.
H - Reparable item. When uneconomically reparable, condemn and dispose of the item
at the general support level.
D - Reparable item. When beyond lower level repair capability, return to depot.
Condemnation and disposal of item are not authorized below depot level.
L - Reparable item. Condemnation and disposal of item are not authorized below
Specialized Repair Activity (SRA).
A - Item requires special handling or condemnation procedures because of specific
reasons (such as precious metal content, high dollar value, critical material, or
hazardous material). Refer to appropriate manuals/directives for specific
instructions.
NSN (Column (3)). The NSN for the item is listed in this column.
CAGEC (Column (4)). The Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC) is a five-digit code which
is used to identify the manufacture, distributor, or Government agency/activity that supplies the item.
PART NUMBER (Column (5)). Indicates the primary number used by the manufacturer (individual
company, firm, corporation, or Government activity), which controls the design and characteristics of the
item by means of its engineering drawings, specifications, standards, and inspection requirements to
identify an item or range of items.
NOTE
When you use an NSN to requisition an item, the item you receive may have a different
P/N from the number listed.
DESCRIPTION AND USABLE ON CODE (UOC) (Column (6)). This column includes the following
information:
1. The federal item name, and when required, a minimum description to identify the item.
2. P/N’s of bulk materials are referenced in this column in the line entry to be manufactured or
fabricated.
3. Hardness Critical Item (HCI). A support item that provides the equipment with special protection
from electromagnetic pulse (EMP) damage during a nuclear attack.
4. The statement “END OF FIGURE” appears just below the last item description in column (6) for a
given figure in both the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
0122 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0122 00
UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS) FOR GUN MOUNTS (cont)
QTY (Column (7)). The QTY (quantity per figure) column indicates the quantity of the item used in the
breakout shown on the illustration/figure, which is prepared for a functional group, sub-functional group,
or an assembly. A “V” appearing in this column instead of a quantity indicates that the quantity is variable
and quantity may change from application to application.
STCOK NUMBER Column. This column lists the NSN in National item identification number (NIIN)
sequence. The NIIN consists of the last nine digits of the NSN.
NSN When using this column to locate an item, ignore the first four digits of
(e.g., 5385-01-574-1476) the NSN. However, the complete NSN should be used when ordering
NIIN items by stock number.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located. The figures
are in numerical order in the repair parts list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number identifies the item associated with the figure listed in the adjacent FIG.
Column. This item is also identified by the NSN listed on the same line.
2. Part Number (P/N) Index Work Package. P/ns in this index are listed in ascending alphanumeric
sequence (vertical arrangement of letter and number combinations which places the first letter of digit of
each group in order A through Z, followed by numbers 0 through 9 and each following letter or digit in like
order.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in the repair
parts list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number is the number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced
in the adjacent figure number column.
Reference Designator Index Work Package. Reference designators in this index are listed in ascending
alphanumeric sequence (vertical arrangement of letter and number combinations which places the first
letter of digit of each group in order A through Z, followed by numbers 0 through 9 and each following
letter or digit in like order.
REFERENCE DESIGNATOR Column. Indicates the reference designator assigned to the item.
FIG. Column. This column lists the number of the figure where the item is identified/located in the repair
parts list and special tools list work packages.
ITEM Column. The item number is the number assigned to the item as it appears in the figure referenced
in the adjacent figure number column.
0122 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0122 00
SPECIAL INFORMATION
UOC. The UOC appears in the lower left corner of the Description Column heading. Usable on codes
are shown as “UOC:…” in the Description Column (justified left) on the first line under the applicable item/
nomenclature. Uncoded items are applicable to all models. Identification of the UOCs used in the
RPSTL are:
Code Used On
AK3 MK64 MOD 5 Machine Gun Mount
AM5 M122 Machine Gun Tripod
AM7 M142 Machine Gun Tripod
AM8 6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount
AN0 M3 Machine Gun Tripod
AY8 MK93 MOD 1 Machine Gun Mount
BC5 M122A1 Machine Gun Mount
BB8 M197 Machine Gun Mount
BB9 MK64 MOD 9 Machine Gun Mount
BL5 M192 Machine Gun Tripod
BL4 MK93 MOD 2 Machine Gun Mount
Fabrication Instructions. Bulk materials required to manufacture items are listed in the bulk material
functional group of the RPSTL. Part numbers for bulk material are also referenced in the Description
Column of the line item entry for the item to be manufactured/fabricated. Detailed fabrication instructions
for the items source coded to be manufactured or fabricated are found in this manual.
First. Using the table of contents, determine the assembly group to which the item belongs. This is
necessary since figures are prepared for assembly groups and sub-assembly groups, and lists are
divided into the same groups.
Second. Find the figure covering the functional group or the sub-functional group to which the item
belongs.
Third. Identify the item on the figure and note the number(s).
Fourth. Look in the repair parts list work packages for the figure and item numbers. The NSNs and part
numbers are on the same line as the associated item numbers.
0122 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0122 00
UNIT AND DIRECT SUPPORT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS AND SPECIAL TOOLS LIST
(INCLUDING DEPOT MAINTENANCE REPAIR PARTS) FOR GUN MOUNTS (cont)
First. If you have the NSN, look in the STOCK NUMBER column of the NSN index work package. The
NSN is arranged in NIIN sequence. Note the figure and item number next to the NSN.
Second. Turn to the figure and locate the item number. Verify that the item is the one you are looking
for.
First. If you have the P/N and not the NSN, look in the PART NUMBER column of the P/N index work
package. Identify the figure and item number.
Second. Look up the item on the figure in the applicable repair parts list work package.
First. If you know the reference designator, look in the REFERENCE DESIGNATOR column of the
reference designator index work package. Note the figure and item number.
Second. Turn to the figure and locate the item number. Verify that the item is the one you are looking
for.
ABBREVIATIONS. N/A
0122 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
FOR
AND
M122A1
M122A1 M122
2NL0298
END OF FIGURE
0124 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0124 00
3 4
M122A1 M122
5
M122A1
7
6
7
2
2NL0299
0124 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0124 00
END OF FIGURE
0125 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0125 00
3 4
1
1
5
14 6
20
7
*
13
19
18
15 12 8
17
7
14
16 11
14
10
9
2NL0300
0125 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0125 00
END OF FIGURE
5
4
6
3 5
1
2
2NL0301
END OF FIGURE
0127 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0127 00
1
2 4
*
5
6
8
*
9
11
17
10
16
18
13
15 12
14
2NL0302
0127 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0127 00
END OF FIGURE
0128 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0128 00
2*
1
2*
11 5
10
9 6
2*
2*
2NL0303
0128 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0128 00
END OF FIGURE
1 2
3
4
2NL0304
END OF FIGURE
4
2
2NL0305
END OF FIGURE
8
1
4 2
END OF FIGURE
FOR
2NL0307
END OF FIGURE
2NL0308
END OF FIGURE
3
2
1
3
6
3
4
5
3
5
2NL0309
END OF FIGURE
0135 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0135 00
13
1
5
2 4
6
7 3
9
12
10
11
2NL0310
0135 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0135 00
END OF FIGURE
1 2
3
4
5
5
4
3
2
2NL0311
END OF FIGURE
1
2
1
3
11
1 4
1
5
21
8 12
9
14 6
17
10
20 7
11
10
8 16
12
9
12
10 8
9
19 11
1
11 18
10
4 13
17
3 1
8 9 14
12
15
1
16 2NL0312
0137 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0137 00
30
31 16
32
23
22 24 25
500
480
460
440
26 420
400
27
29
26
33
28 24
23 34
35
38
39
36
29 37
40
41 37
24
25
28 27 26
26
25 2NL0313
0137 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0137 00
0137 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0137 00
END OF FIGURE
0137 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0138 00
14 4
15 5
3
16
8 6
13
10
11 12 9
11
2NL0314
END OF FIGURE
FOR
2NL0315
END OF FIGURE
4
1 3
2
5
2NL0316
END OF FIGURE
0141 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0141 00
4
2 3
25
2
6 5
22 7
24
23 8
15 10
9
16
16 11
22
17
21
18 12
20
14
19
13
2NL0317
0141 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0141 00
END OF FIGURE
0142 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0142 00
3 5
6
2 7
8
1
10
11 9
12
13
2NO0318
Right Leg
3
2
4
13
1
12
11
14
6
2NL0319
Left Leg
0145 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0142 00
END OF FIGURE
0143 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0143 00
4
3 6
2
9
8
10
2NL0320
0143 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0143 00
END OF FIGURE
3 5
1
2 2NL0321
END OF FIGURE
0144-1/2 blank
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0144 00
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0145 00
0145 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0145 00
12
11
10
9
13
8
6
5
4
3
*
7
2
1 14
15
16
17
18
19
20
2NL0322
0145 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0145 00
END OF FIURE
0146 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0146 00
2*
1 2*
4
11
10
5
9
6
2*
2*
12
2NL0323
*Issued as a set.
0146 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0146 00
END OF FIGURE
FOR
2NL0324
END OF FIGURE
0148 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0148 00
4
2
1
5
4
15
19
6
18
17
16
14
13
12
7
11
10
9
2NL0325
0148 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0148 00
END OF FIGURE
3
5
2NL0326
END OF FIGURE
FOR
2NL0327
END OF FIGURE
0151 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0151 00
10
4
7
6
3 2 5
8 9
11
28 12
27
1
26
12
11
21 13
24 24
25 16
14 15
21
17
22
22
15
19
18
23 21 20
22
2NL0328
0151 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0151 00
END OF FIGURE
0152 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0152 00
5
6
2 7
8
4
10
13
12 11
2NL0329
0152 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0152 00
END OF FIGURE
FOR
2NL0330
END OF FIGURE
0154 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0154 00
2NL0331
0154 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0154 00
END OF FIGURE
0155 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0155 00
2
1
2NL0332
0155 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0155 00
END OF FIGURE
3
2
2NL0333
END OF FIGURE
3
2NL0334
END OF FIGURE
3 7
2NL0335
END OF FIGURE
2NL0351
END OF FIGURE
FOR
0160 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0160 00
2 3
4
1
5 6
9 10
11
2NL0155
0160 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0160 00
END OF FIGURE
0161 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0161 00
3
2
5 4
22 23
20
21
19
5 3
20
18
17
16
16
6
7 8
9
10
13
14
9
10
15
4
12
6
11
2NL0336
0161 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0161 00
END OF FIGURE
0162 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0162 00
3
1
2 4
6
4 6
18
17
10
9 7
11
13
6 14
12
13
15
16
2NL0337
0162 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0162 00
END OF FIGURE
4 5
6
2
7
1 8
9
10
2NL0338
END OF FIGURE
2NL0339
END OF FIGURE
END OF FIGURE
0166 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0166 00
3
2 4
1
12
15 8
14 9
12
13 11
10
2NL0341
0166 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0166 00
END OF FIGURE
2NL0242
FIGURE 9. MULTIPURPOSE
AMMUNITION CAN BRACKET
ASSEMBLY, P/N 12929150
1 PAOZZ 5315-01-342-0671 19200 12929251 PIN, SHOULDER, HEADED
UOC: AK3, AY8, BB9 .................................... 1
2 XAOZZ 19200 12929159 BRACKET, WELDMENT
UOC: AK3, AY8, BB9 ................................ 1
3 PAOZZ 5355-01-387-4540 19200 12953608 KNOB
UOC: AK3, AY8, BB9 .................................... 2
4 PAOZZ 4010-01149-5520 53711 5830087-5 CHAIN ASSEMBLY
UOC: AK3, AY8, BB9 .................................... 1
END OF FIGURE
0167 00-1/2blank
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0167 00
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0168 00
0168 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0168 00
4
2 3
5
6
1 7
8
12
11 9
8
2
10
4
3
4
1 3
2
1 2NL0343
0168 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0168 00
END OF FIGURE
FOR
AND
7 4
5
6
2NL0344
0169 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0169 00
7 4
5
6
2NL0345
0169 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0169 00
END OF FIGURE
2
1
10 3
WP173-1
0170 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0170 00
2
11
10
12
WP173-2
0170 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0170 00
END OF FIGURE
0171 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0171 00
1*
1*
2*
4*
3*
5*
25* 6*
7* 7*
24*
23*
22* 8
8
9*
MOD 2 10*
21 15* **
16*
11
14
20 12*
13
9*
10*
18
18
19
17
WP174-1
0171 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0171 00
0171 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0171 00
END OF FIGURE
0171 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0172 00
0172 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0172 00
1 2*
3
4
3
2*
WP175
*Issued as a set.
0172 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0172 00
END OF FIGURE
0173 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0173 00
0173 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0173 00
END OF FIGURE
FIG. BULK
1 PAFZZ 96906 MS20995C32 WIRE, NONELECTRICAL
UOC: AM7, AM9....................................... V
END OF FIGURE
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
0175 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
MS24665-834 0140 00 5 5315-00-903-3971
0163 00 2
MS27183-10 0131 00 7 5310-00-809-4058
0151 00 15
MS27183-18 0148 00 14 5310-00-809-5998
MS35206-315 0148 00 10 5305-00-984-5695
MS35307-303 0171 00 8 5305-00-719-3997
MS35307-332 0171 00 22 5306-00-637-9675
MS35307-409 0171 00 10 5305-00-646-7389
MS35333-40 0125 00 11 5310-00-916-2171
MS35333-42 0151 00 11 5310-00-595-7237
MS35333-46 0151 00 3 5310-00-543-4385
MS35333-83 0170 00 5 5310-00-261-7423
MS35338-046 0151 00 26 5310-01-389-4257
MS35338-45 0151 00 21 5310-00-407-9566
MS35338-45 0156 00 2 5310-00-407-9566
MS35338-63 0168 00 8 5310-00-274-8715
MS35338-65 0168 00 3 5310-00-011-5093
MS35691-17 0148 00 11 5310-00-851-2682
MS35691-826 0141 00 16 5310-00-543-5858
MS35692-27 0163 00 4 5310-00-350-9707
MS35692-37 0148 00 12 5310-00-842-1490
MS35692-55 0161 00 10 5310-01-162-5722
MS35756-2 0127 00 11 5315-00-616-5517
MS39086-54 0142 00 5 5315-00-812-0762
0143 00 9
MS39086-95 0141 00 14 5315-00-812-1008
MS51031-48 0125 00 13 5305-00-054-6869
0141 00 8
MS51095-364 0148 00 6 5305-00-939-1179
MS51096-355 0148 00 3 5305-00-904-4053
MS51109-96 0163 00 8 5305-01-163-5779
MS51943-2 0127 00 1 5310-01-374-0508
MS51943-4 0127 00 10 5310-00-935-3750
0145 00 1 5310-00-935-3750
MS51957-61B 0171 00 1 5305-00-172-4180
MS51958-64B 0172 00 2 5305-00-433-3740
MS51958-79B 0162 00 13 5305-01-075-6083
MS51967-2 0168 00 9 5310-00-761-6882
MS51967-5 0161 00 14 5310-00-880-7744
MS51967-8 0168 00 4 5310-00-732-0558
MS51968-12 0141 00 22 5310-00-926-5916
MS51968-2 0125 00 15 5310-00-768-0319
MS51968-5 0151 00 22 5310-00-880-7746
0175 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
MS51968-8 0125 00 7 5310-00-732-0559
MS90725-34 0156 00 3 5306-00-225-8499
MS90725-39 0161 00 15 5306-00-225-8503
MS90725-6 0168 00 7 5305-00-068-0502
MS90725-63 0168 00 1 5305-00-269-4511
MS90726-57 0151 00 12 5305-00-269-3233
MS93090-201 0161 00 21 5315-00-059-5234
NAS1149C0863B 0171 00 9 5310-00-151-5572
10900712 0148 00 2 1005-00-121-0778
10900945 0147 00 1 1005-00-854-4463
10900946 0148 00 16 1005-00-121-0779
10900947 0148 00 15
10900948 0148 00 1 1005-00-779-2479
10900949 0148 00 7
10900962 0148 00 5 5306-00-854-4464
10900963 0148 00 9 5315-00-854-4465
11010037 0127 00 3
11010206 0145 00 11 5310-00-916-2167
11010242 0128 00 1 1005-00-919-7273
11010407 0145 00 7 5315-00-916-2173
11010408 0124 00 4 1005-00-945-9756
11010409 0129 00 1 5340-00-945-9768
11010410 0129 00 2 5360-00-945-9954
11010411 0129 00 4 5315-00-947-7250
11010412 0129 00 3
11010413 0127 00 13 5310-00-949-1971
0145 00 19
11010421 0142 00 6 5310-00-916-2170
0143 00 8
11010424 0143 00 10
11010426 0142 00 1 1005-00-940-8077
11010448 0126 00 1 5320-00-915-8185
0144 00 1
11010522 0128 00 11 5315-00-915-8174
0146 00 11
11010523 0128 00 10 5360-00-915-5616
11010523 0146 00 10 5360-00-915-5616
11010526 0141 00 15 5310-00-947-8635
11010529 0141 00 20 5310-00-916-2171
11010530 0142 00 2 5310-00-916-2172
0143 00 5
11010547 0127 00 6 5360-00-915-5615
0145 00 5 5360-00-915-5615
12012061 0160 00 3 1010-01-445-6143
0169 00 6
0175 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
12012062 0162 00 9
12012063 0162 00 11
12012064 0162 00 14 5315-01-447-2233
12012065 0162 00 16 1010-01-447-2983
12012067 0162 00 15 5315-01-447-2276
12012071 0162 00 12 5325-01-447-2281
12012088 0162 00 3 1010-01-458-1563
12012089 0162 00 1 1090-01-468-6535
12598080 0149 00 2
12598081 0149 00 1 1005-01-451-7558
12929150 0160 00 10 5340-01-340-8471
0169 00 4
12929159 0167 00 2
12929251 0167 00 1 5315-01-342-0671
12938267 0145 00 12 5315-01-443-7576
12953608 0167 00 3 5355-01-387-4540
12956264 0153 00 1 1005-01-413-4098
12956265-2 0154 00 4 1005-01-480-9118
12956266 0155 00 3
12956267 0158 00 7 5315-01-434-3288
12956268 0158 00 2 5365-01-434-0883
12956269 0149 00 4 4010-01-447-5812
0155 00 6
12956283-1 0149 00 3 5325-01-452-8694
12956283-2 0155 00 5 5365-01-306-4235
0171 00 18
12972501 0172 00 3 5340-01-282-3650
12976909 0159 00 5 1005-01-431-8324
12976948 0123 00 1 1005-01-433-1617
12986102 0124 00 3 1005-01-461-2656
0154 00 1
12986103 0130 00 2
12986104 0130 00 1 5315-01-461-2651
12986105 0159 00 4 1005-01-461-5040
12986106 0159 00 1 1005-01-468-0552
12990569 0131 00 8 1005-01-470-5701
12990570 0124 00 5
12999574 0170 00 12 1005-01-505-1037
13001175 0169 00 8 1005-01-502-7547
13001176 0169 00 9 1005-01-508-1574
13001177 0170 00 11 1005-01-504-9808
13001669 0132 00 1 1005-01-503-0141
13001670 0133 00 1
13001671 0134 00 1
0175 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
13001672 0135 00 2
13001678 0135 00 1 1005-01-516-9184
13001682 0135 00 4 5307-01-516-3964
13001683 0135 00 5 3120-01-516-3962
13001684 0134 00 2 5306-01-521-4554
13001685 0135 00 10 1005-01-516-9186
13001686 0135 00 9 1005-01-517-1750
13001687 0135 00 3 5360-01-521-6073
13001688 0135 00 11 5360-01-516-2309
13001689 0135 00 6 5306-01-521-4557
13001690 0135 00 8 5305-01-521-4552
13001692 0136 00 2 5360-01-521-6080
13001693 0136 00 5 5305-01-521-7893
13001694 0134 00 4 1005-01-516-6461
13001695 0136 00 6
13001702 0136 00 3 1005-01-516-1431
13001703 0136 00 4 1005-01-515-8271
13001704 0134 00 5 5310-01-523-4870
13001705 0134 00 3 5310-01-523-2318
13001708 0134 00 6 1005-01-516-9185
13001709 0136 00 1
13001711 0138 00 11 5325-01-521-6085
13001713 0138 00 7 5305-01-521-7881
13001714 0138 00 13 5306-01-521-6082
13001715 0138 00 14 5315-01-516-1435
13001716 0138 00 8 5315-01-516-2310
13001717 0133 00 2 1005-01-515-8270
13001718 0138 00 15
13001719 0138 00 9
13001720 0138 00 2 5340-01-516-6463
13001721 0138 00 5 5340-01-516-1443
13001722 0138 00 1
13001726 0138 00 6 1005-01-515-8259
13001730 0138 00 12 1005-01-517-0205
13001733 0138 00 3 5310-01-516-7541
13001734 0138 00 10 1005-01-521-6078
13001735 0138 00 16 1005-01-521-7882
13001736 0137 00 5 5340-01-521-4560
13001737 0138 00 4 5310-01-521-6083
13001738 0135 00 13 1005-01-517-1749
13001739 0137 00 28 1005-01-516-1442
13001740 0137 00 29
13001741 0137 00 31 1005-01-516-9183
13001742 0137 00 36 1005-01-516-1445
13001743 0137 00 37
13001744 0137 00 38 1005-01-516-1434
0175 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
13001746 0137 00 4 1005-01-516-3963
13001747 0137 00 19 1005-01-516-1436
13001748 0137 00 7 1005-01-521-4558
13001750 0137 00 10
13001751 0137 00 33 5305-01-521-4559
13001753 0137 00 3 1005-01-521-4561
13001754 0137 00 9
13001755 0137 00 30 5305-01-521-6086
13001756 0137 00 2 1005-01-517-0203
13001757 0137 00 11 5306-01-521-6077
13001758 0137 00 15 5305-01-521-6074
13001759 0137 00 8 5305-01-521-6076
13001760 0137 00 1 5305-01-521-6075
13001761 0137 00 6 1005-01-517-6143
13001762 0137 00 16 1005-01-515-8263
13001763 0137 00 34 3040-01-516-1439
13001768 0137 00 20 3040-01-515-7135
13001770 0137 00 35 5360-01-521-6081
13001773 0137 00 21 5360-01-521-6084
13001774 0137 00 22 1005-01-516-9182
13001775 0137 00 26 1005-01-515-8261
13001776 0137 00 25 1005-01-515-8267
13001777 0137 00 23 5310-01-515-7136
13001778 0137 00 24 5340-01-516-1446
13001779 0137 00 12 5306-01-521-6079
13001780 0137 00 18 5340-01-516-1438
13001781 0137 00 13 5340-01-516-1447
13001782 0137 00 14 5310-01-523-2322
13001783 0137 00 32 5310-00-523-2321
13001784 0137 00 39 TBD
13001786 0137 00 17 5340-01-515-7134
13001789 0135 00 12 5310-01-521-6089
13001790 0135 00 7 5305-01-521-4553
13001791 0137 00 27 5360-01-521-7880
13008479 0158 00 1 1005-01-519-2128
2680617 0164 00 4 5315-01-149-5531
2814006 0164 00 2 5360-01-150-1923
2814007 0164 00 3 1010-01-156-7372
2843009 0130 00 3 4010-01-151-6230
0157 00 3
5139959 0125 00 19 5342-00-513-9959
5139962 0125 00 16 5365-00-513-9962
5139964 0140 00 4 5310-00-513-9964
0163 00 1
0175 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
5139973 0140 00 2 5306-00-513-9973
0163 00 9
5139982 0128 00 3 5355-00-513-9982
0146 00 3
5139988 0127 00 16 5305-00-513-9988
5139989 0127 00 12 5305-00-513-9989
0145 00 20
5139994 0128 00 6 1005-00-513-9994
5139995 0128 00 9 5340-00-513-9995
0146 00 9
5139997 0125 00 20 5360-00-513-9997
5140004 0125 00 18 5315-00-514-0004
5140137 0146 00 6 1105-00-514-0137
5140204 0142 00 12 3040-00-514-0204
0143 00 3
5140209 0142 00 11 5360-00-514-0209
0143 00 2
0144 00 5
5140210 0142 00 13 5315-00-514-0210
0143 00 4
5140211 0142 00 4 5340-00-514-0211
0143 00 7
5140213 0142 00 3 5305-00-514-0213
0143 00 6
5140215 0142 00 7 5360-00-514-0215
5140216 0142 00 8 5340-00-514-0216
5140217 0142 00 9 5315-00-514-0217
5140219 0141 00 24 5365-00-514-0219
5140225 0144 00 6
5140237 0141 00 18 5305-00-514-0237
0162 00 6
5140383 0145 00 16 5305-00-514-0383
5140485 0128 00 7 5365-00-514-0485
0146 00 7
5140612 0128 00 4 5305-00-514-0612
0146 00 4
5140669 0146 00 1 9905-00-514-0669
5140765 0146 00 12 5340-01-487-3060
5141080 0126 00 2 1005-00-514-1080
0144 00 2
5141081 0126 00 3
0144 00 3
5141121 0126 00 6
0161 00 19
5141950 0125 00 10 5305-00-514-1950
0141 00 19
0175 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
5142877 0126 00 5 5360-00-514-2877
5169879 0125 00 9 5306-00-516-9879
5169880 0125 00 1 5306-00-516-9880
5169881 0125 00 3 5306-00-516-9881
5169882 0125 00 4 5306-00-516-9882
5170484 0141 00 2 5306-00-297-8753
5170486 0141 00 4 5306-00-517-0486
5171491 0127 00 7 4730-00-517-1491
0145 00 4
5171492 0127 00 8 5355-00-517-1492
0145 00 3
5171495 0127 00 5 5315-00-517-1495
0145 00 6
5174123 0145 00 8 1005-00-517-4123
5174175 0127 00 4 1005-00-588-3490
5174192 0127 00 2 5310-00-517-4192
0145 00 10
5189756 0145 00 15 5360-00-518-9756
5189757 0127 00 17 1005-00-518-9757
5194313 0145 00 18 3040-00-519-4313
5236999 0148 00 8 4010-00-523-6999
5328284 0151 00 8 9390-00-532-8284
5384053 0151 00 18 1005-00-538-4053
5384055 0151 00 9 5315-00-538-4055
5384056 0151 00 5 5315-00-538-4056
5384057 0151 00 24 5315-00-538-4057
5384059 0151 00 4 5307-00-538-4059
5384060 0151 00 19 5340-00-538-4060
5384062 0151 00 16 5360-00-526-0143
5384064 0151 00 7 5310-00-538-4064
5412616 0152 00 9 5320-00-541-2816
0166 00 8
5412817 0152 00 10 5340-00-541-2817
0166 00 9
5412819 0152 00 12 5360-00-541-2819
0166 00 13
5412820 0152 00 2 5360-00-541-2820
0166 00 2
5559331 0125 00 6
5559332 0140 00 3 1005-00-555-9332
0163 00 10
5559333 0125 00 21 1005-00-555-9333
5559337 0125 00 17 1005-00-555-9337
0175 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
5559338 0125 00 2 1005-00-555-9338
5559419 0141 00 7
5559423 0141 00 12 1005-00-555-9423
5559424 0143 00 1
5559425 0142 00 10
5559428 0142 00 14
5652801 0152 00 13 1005-01-565-2811
5830052 0160 00 1 1010-01-160-6115
5830053 0161 00 5 5305-01-151-0080
5830054 0161 00 3 5306-01-150-1922
0170 00 2
5830056 0161 00 11 1010-01-151-6240
5830058 0161 00 8
5830059 0160 00 7 1010-01-151-6277
5830063 0154 00 3 1010-01-151-6239
5830077 0166 00 6 1010-01-151-6243
5830078 0163 00 6 1010-01-151-6218
5830079 0163 00 7 1010-01-151-6219
5830084 0172 00 5 5305-01-150-1924
5830086 0161 00 4 5305-01-149-5537
5830087-2 0145 00 13 4010-01-149-5517
5830087-4 0161 00 12 4010-01-149-5519
5830087-5 0161 00 2 4010-01-149-5520
5830087-5 0167 00 4 4010-01-149-5520
5830093 0160 00 9 8140-01-156-7371
5830097 0160 00 5 1010-01-151-6217
5830101-1 0161 00 13 5315-01-151-6261
5830104 0166 00 10 5340-01-151-6241
5830114 0166 00 1 1010-01-151-6242
5830115 0161 00 7 3120-01-151-6265
5830116 0161 00 17 1010-01-151-6232
5830119 0161 00 20 5360-01-151-6248
5830120 0161 00 23
5830121 0161 00 22
5830123 0160 00 11 1010-01-151-6221
5830125 0168 00 11 1010-01-151-6223
5830126 0168 00 2 5340-01-151-6224
5830127 0168 00 10 1010-01-151-3556
5830128 0140 00 1 1010-01-151-6227
0160 00 4
0168 00 5
0169 00 7
5830129 0168 00 12 1010-01-151-6228
5830131 0154 00 2 1010-01-151-6229
0160 00 2
5830132 0157 00 1
0175 00-9
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
5830133 0156 00 1
5830134 0161 00 6 1010-01-151-6231
5830135 0168 00 6
5831118 0161 00 18
5831546 0160 00 6 1010-01-289-2709
5831547 0164 00 1
5852801 0166 00 14
6108195 0125 00 8 1005-00-610-8195
6108201 0125 00 5 3120-00-610-8201
6108211 0128 00 5 5355-00-610-8211
0146 00 5
6108395 0141 00 9 5306-00-610-8395
6108396 0141 00 17 3110-00-610-8396
6108397 0141 00 6 3120-00-610-8397
6108400 0141 00 11 5305-01-169-4720
6108402 0141 00 21 5340-00-610-8402
6108986 0125 00 12 1005-00-610-8986
6140648 0126 00 4
6153118 0144 00 4
6158375 0127 00 9 5355-00-615-8375
0145 00 2
6166497 0145 00 9
6193782 0141 00 13 5310-00-619-3782
6297411 0151 00 6 5360-00-629-7411
6297412 0151 00 2 1005-00-629-7412
6337900 0152 00 5 1005-00-633-7900
6507136 0141 00 23 1005-00-650-7136
6507137 0141 00 1 1005-00-650-7137
6590077 0152 00 8
0166 00 7
6590078 0151 00 10 8140-00-659-0078
6650406 0170 00 8 1005-01-386-2011
6650407 0170 00 7 5310-01-388-4108
6650433-1 0171 00 19 5315-01-385-9214
6650433-2 0171 00 17 5315-01-385-9216
0173 00 3
6650434 0170 00 1 1005-01-496-1039
6650435 0172 00 4
6650436 0171 00 5 1005-01-388-7006
6650437 0171 00 5 1005-01-388-5697
6650438 0171 00 21 1005-01-388-6911
0175 00-10
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
6650439-1 0171 00 20 3040-01-386-0204
6650439-2 0171 00 23 3040-01-386-5925
6650441 0171 00 25 5340-01-387-1944
6650442 0171 00 3 5340-01-388-4109
6650443 0171 00 2 1005-01-386-4688
6650444 0171 00 24 5340-01-386-8380
6650445 0171 00 11
6650446 0170 00 6 1005-01-388-5696
6650448 0171 00 4 2510-01-387-0586
6650450 0169 00 2 1005-01-383-2949
6650489 0162 00 5 5340-01-388-5595
6650493 0162 00 10 5325-01-386-8327
6650494 0162 00 8 5365-01-386-5924
6650496 0162 00 2 1290-01-386-2008
6650498 0162 00 18 5305-01-386-2768
6650501-1 0162 00 4 5306-01-388-0795
6650561 0162 00 7 3110-01-387-0590
6650651 0171 00 13 1010-01-451-7557
6650654 0171 00 14 5307-01-386-2015
6650671 0173 00 1 1005-01-513-9741
6650673 0171 00 12 5315-01-387-4379
6650695 0170 00 9 5315-01-386-0206
6650696 0171 00 15 5305-01-386-0209
6650697 0171 00 16 5310-01-386-0202
6650717 0169 00 1 1005-01-383-2757
6650722-1 0165 00 3 1005-01-388-5702
0173 00 2
6650722-2 0165 00 4 1005-01-388-5685
0173 00 2
6650723 0169 00 5 1005-01-388-5679
6650724 0169 00 3 8140-01-387-3095
6650725 0170 00 3
6650753 0165 00 2 1005-01-516-3961
6650759 0160 00 8
0165 00 1
7042930 0151 00 20
7042932 0151 00 25 5315-00-704-2932
7046650 0150 00 1 1005-00-704-6650
7046652 0151 00 1 1005-00-704-6652
7046653 0151 00 13 1005-00-704-6653
7070291 0151 00 28 5315-00-707-0291
7070292 0151 00 23 5315-00-707-0292
7114359 0152 00 1 5340-00-711-4359
0166 00 3
7149678 0141 00 25 1005-00-714-9678
7790723 0123 00 1 1005-00-710-5599
0175 00-11
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0175 00
WORK NATIONAL
PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM STOCK NUMBER
7790948 0124 00 1
7791119 0124 00 2 1005-00-603-4834
7792977 0148 00 17 5315-00-772-0186
7792978 0148 00 19 5360-00-772-0187
7792982 0148 00 18 5340-00-772-0190
7792986 0158 00 6 1005-00-772-0192
7792987 0158 00 5 5360-00-772-0193
7792991 0158 00 4
7792993 0124 00 6 5315-00-809-5417
7793002 0127 00 14 1005-00-722-3850
7793003 0127 00 15 5360-00-473-5447
7793004 0128 00 2
8403398 0139 00 1 1005-00-322-9716
8408768 0128 00 8 1005-00-840-8768
0146 00 8 1005-00-840-8768
8412295 0145 00 17 5360-00-305-0725
8448211 0141 00 5
9363644 0170 00 7 5310-01-142-8417
9378228 0131 00 5 5315-01-225-8635
9378229 0131 00 4 1005-01-223-2892
9378231 0131 00 3 5340-01-225-8545
9378232 0131 00 2
9378233 0131 00 1 1005-01-225-1156
0175 00-12
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
NATIONAL WORK
STOCK NUMBER PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM
5310-00-011-5093 MS35338-65 0168 00 3
5315-00-013-7137 MS24665-814 0166 00 4
5315-00-019-0777 MS24665-291 0148 00 13
5315-00-051-8636 MS16562-120 0127 00 18
0145 00 14
5305-00-052-9329 MS16996-21 0130 00 4
0131 00 6
0157 00 4
0159 00 3
5305-00-054-6869 MS51031-48 0125 00 13
0141 00 8
5315-00-059-5234 MS93090-201 0161 00 21
5305-00-068-0502 MS90725-6 0168 00 7
5305-00-068-0511 B1821BH038C125N 0151 00 27
1005-00-121-0778 10900712 0148 00 2
1005-00-121-0779 10900946 0148 00 16
5310-00-149-9130 MS20002-6 0155 00 2
5310-00-151-5572 NAS1149C0863B 0171 00 9
5310-00-160-9869 MS21083C16 0170 00 4
5305-00-172-4180 MS51957-61B 0171 00 1
5306-00-182-1801 AN174-21A 0141 00 3
5310-00-206-8491 MS20002-7 0163 00 5
5310-00-208-9255 MS21044C3 0172 00 1
5306-00-225-8499 MS90725-34 0156 00 3
5306-00-225-8503 MS90725-39 0161 00 15
5315-00-241-7330 MS24665-304 0163 00 3
5310-00-261-7423 MS35333-83 0170 00 5
5305-00-267-8952 B1821BH025F050N 0161 00 16
5305-00-269-3233 MS90726-57 0151 00 12
5305-00-269-3246 B1821BH038F300N 0155 00 4
5305-00-269-4511 MS90725-63 0168 00 1
5310-00-274-8715 MS35338-63 0168 00 8
5306-00-297-8753 5170484 0141 00 2
5360-00-305-0725 8412295 0145 00 17
1005-00-322-9716 8403398 0139 00 1
5310-00-350-9707 MS35692-27 0163 00 4
5310-00-407-9566 MS35338-45 0151 00 21
5310-00-407-9566 MS35338-45 0156 00 2
5305-00-433-3740 MS51958-64B 0172 00 2
5360-00-473-5447 7793003 0127 00 15
5365-00-513-9962 5139962 0125 00 16
5342-00-513-9959 5139959 0125 00 19
0176 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
NATIONAL WORK
STOCK NUMBER PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM
5310-00-513-9964 5139964 0140 00 4
0163 00 1
5306-00-513-9973 5139973 0140 00 2
0163 00 9
5355-00-513-9982 5139982 0128 00 3
0146 00 3
5305-00-513-9989 5139989 0127 00 12
0145 00 20
5340-00-513-9995 5139995 0128 00 9
0146 00 9
5360-00-513-9997 5139997 0125 00 20
5305-00-513-9988 5139988 0127 00 16
1005-00-513-9994 5139994 0128 00 6
9905-00-514-0669 5140669 0146 00 1
5315-00-514-0004 5140004 0125 00 18
1105-00-514-0137 5140137 0146 00 6
3040-00-514-0204 5140204 0142 00 12
0143 00 3
5360-00-514-0209 5140209 0142 00 11
0143 00 2
0144 00 5
5315-00-514-0210 5140210 0142 00 13
0143 00 4
5340-00-514-0211 5140211 0142 00 4
0143 00 7
5305-00-514-0213 5140213 0142 00 3
0143 00 6
5360-00-514-0215 5140215 0142 00 7
5340-00-514-0216 5140216 0142 00 8
5315-00-514-0217 5140217 0142 00 9
5365-00-514-0219 5140219 0141 00 24
5305-00-514-0237 5140237 0141 00 18
0162 00 6
5305-00-514-0383 5140383 0145 00 16
5365-00-514-0485 5140485 0128 00 7
0146 00 7
5305-00-514-0612 5140612 0128 00 4
0146 00 4
1005-00-514-1080 5141080 0126 00 2
0144 00 2
5305-00-514-1950 5141950 0125 00 10
0141 00 19
5360-00-514-2877 5142877 0126 00 5
0176 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
0176 00-3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
NATIONAL WORK
STOCK NUMBER PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM
5355-00-610-8211 6108211 0128 00 5
0146 00 5
5306-00-610-8395 6108395 0141 00 9
3110-00-610-8396 6108396 0141 00 17
3120-00-610-8397 6108397 0141 00 6
1005-00-610-8986 6108986 0125 00 12
5340-00-610-8402 6108402 0141 00 21
5355-00-615-8375 6158375 0127 00 9
0145 00 2
5315-00-616-5517 MS35756-2 0127 00 11
5310-00-619-3782 6193782 0141 00 13
5360-00-629-7411 6297411 0151 00 6
1005-00-629-7412 6297412 0151 00 2
1005-00-633-7900 6337900 0152 00 5
5306-00-637-9675 MS35307-332 0171 00 22
5305-00-646-7389 MS35307-409 0171 00 10
1005-00-650-7136 6507136 0141 00 23
1005-00-650-7137 6507137 0141 00 1
8140-00-659-0078 6590078 0151 00 10
5315-00-704-2932 7042932 0151 00 25
1005-00-704-6650 7046650 0150 00 1
1005-00-704-6652 7046652 0151 00 1
1005-00-704-6653 7046653 0151 00 13
5315-00-707-0291 7070291 0151 00 28
5315-00-707-0292 7070292 0151 00 23
1005-00-710-5599 7790723 0123 00 1
5340-00-711-4359 7114359 0152 00 1
0166 00 3
1005-00-714-9678 7149678 0141 00 25
5305-00-719-3997 MS35307-303 0171 00 8
1005-00-722-3850 7793002 0127 00 14
5310-00-732-0558 MS51967-8 0168 00 4
5310-00-732-0559 MS51968-8 0125 00 7
5310-00-761-6882 MS51967-2 0168 00 9
5310-00-768-0319 MS51968-2 0125 00 15
5360-00-772-0187 7792978 0148 00 19
5360-00-772-0193 7792987 0158 00 5
5340-00-772-0190 7792982 0148 00 18
5315-00-772-0186 7792977 0148 00 17
1005-00-772-0192 7792986 0158 00 6
1005-00-779-2479 10900948 0148 00 1
0176 00-4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
NATIONAL WORK
STOCK NUMBER PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM
5315-00-782-1821 MS20392-2C81 0152 00 7
0166 00 5
5325-00-803-7315 MS16624-1043 0124 00 7
0158 00 3
5325-00-804-2275 MS16625-4125 0171 00 6
5310-00-809-4058 MS27183-10 0131 00 7
0151 00 15
5315-00-809-5417 7792993 0124 00 6
5310-00-809-5998 MS27183-18 0148 00 14
5315-00-811-9105 MS20392-3C41 0151 00 14
5315-00-812-0762 MS39086-54 0142 00 5
0143 00 9
5315-00-812-1008 MS39086-95 0141 00 14
5315-00-826-3251 MS16562-223 0162 00 17
5315-00-839-2325 MS24665-132 0151 00 17
5315-00-839-2325 MS24665-132 0152 00 6
1005-00-840-8768 8408768 0128 00 8
0146 00 8
5310-00-842-1490 MS35692-37 0148 00 12
5315-00-842-3044 MS24665-283 0152 00 3
0166 00 12
5315-00-849-5579 MS24665-437 0161 00 9
5310-00-851-2682 MS35691-17 0148 00 11
1005-00-854-4463 10900945 0147 00 1
5306-00-854-4464 10900962 0148 00 5
5315-00-854-4465 10900963 0148 00 9
5310-00-880-7744 MS51967-5 0161 00 14
5310-00-880-7746 MS51968-5 0151 00 22
5315-00-902-0419 MS16555-42 0141 00 10
5315-00-903-3971 MS24665-834 0140 00 5
0163 00 2
5305-00-904-4053 MS51096-355 0148 00 3
5360-00-915-5615 11010547 0127 00 6
0145 00 5
5360-00-915-5616 11010523 0128 00 10
11010523 0146 00 10
5315-00-915-8174 11010522 0128 00 11
0146 00 11
5320-00-915-8185 11010448 0126 00 1
0144 00 1
5310-00-916-2167 11010206 0145 00 11
5310-00-916-2170 11010421 0142 00 6
0143 00 8
0176 00-5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
NATIONAL WORK
STOCK NUMBER PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM
5310-00-916-2172 11010530 0142 00 2
0143 00 5
5315-00-916-2173 11010407 0145 00 7
5310-00-916-2171 11010529 0141 00 20
1005-00-919-7273 11010242 0128 00 1
5310-00-926-5916 MS51968-12 0141 00 22
5315-00-930-0101 MS20392-5C99 0152 00 11
0166 00 15
5310-00-935-3750 MS51943-4 0127 00 10
0145 00 1
5305-00-939-1179 MS51095-364 0148 00 6
1005-00-940-8077 11010426 0142 00 1
5360-00-945-9954 11010410 0129 00 2
1005-00-945-9756 11010408 0124 00 4
5340-00-945-9768 11010409 0129 00 1
5315-00-947-7250 11010411 0129 00 4
5310-00-947-8635 11010526 0141 00 15
5310-00-949-1971 11010413 0127 00 13
0145 00 19
5310-00-950-0039 MS21044N6 0155 00 1
5305-00-984-5695 MS35206-315 0148 00 10
5315-01-008-2981 MS17986-C825 0149 00 5
5315-01-056-7320 MS20392-4C91 0152 00 4
0166 00 11
5305-01-075-6083 MS51958-79B 0162 00 13
5310-01-142-8417 9363644 0170 00 7
4010-01-149-5517 5830087-2 0145 00 13
4010-01-149-5519 5830087-4 0161 00 12
4010-01-149-5520 5830087-5 0167 00 4
4010-01-149-5520 5830087-5 0161 00 2
5315-01-149-5531 2680617 0164 00 4
5305-01-149-5537 5830086 0161 00 4
5306-01-150-1922 5830054 0161 00 3
0170 00 2
5360-01-150-1923 2814006 0164 00 2
5305-01-150-1924 5830084 0172 00 5
5305-01-151-0080 5830053 0161 00 5
1010-01-151-3556 5830127 0168 00 10
1010-01-151-6227 5830128 0140 00 1
0160 00 4
0168 00 5
0169 00 7
1010-01-151-6229 5830131 0154 00 2
0160 00 2
0176 00-6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
0176 00-7
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
NATIONAL WORK
STOCK NUMBER PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM
5325-01-386-8327 6650493 0162 00 10
5305-01-386-0209 6650696 0171 00 15
3040-01-386-0204 6650439-1 0171 00 20
1290-01-386-2008 6650496 0162 00 2
1005-01-386-2011 6650406 0170 00 8
5305-01-386-2768 6650498 0162 00 18
1005-01-386-4688 6650443 0171 00 2
5365-01-386-5924 6650494 0162 00 8
3040-01-386-5925 6650439-2 0171 00 23
5340-01-386-8380 6650444 0171 00 24
2510-01-387-0586 6650448 0171 00 4
3110-01-387-0590 6650561 0162 00 7
5315-01-387-4379 6650673 0171 00 12
5340-01-387-1944 6650441 0171 00 25
8140-01-387-3095 6650724 0169 00 3
5355-01-387-4540 12953608 0167 00 3
5306-01-388-0795 6650501-1 0162 00 4
5310-01-388-4108 6650407 0170 00 7
5340-01-388-4109 6650442 0171 00 3
5340-01-388-5595 6650489 0162 00 5
5310-01-389-4257 MS35338-046 0151 00 26
1005-01-388-5679 6650723 0169 00 5
1005-01-388-5685 6650722-2 0165 00 4
0173 00 2
1005-01-388-5696 6650446 0170 00 6
1005-01-388-5697 6650437 0171 00 5
1005-01-388-5702 6650722-1 0165 00 3
0173 00 2
1005-01-388-6911 6650438 0171 00 21
1005-01-388-7006 6650436 0171 00 5
1005-01-413-4098 12956264 0153 00 1
5310-01-429-4371 MS21083C10 0170 00 10
1005-01-431-8324 12976909 0159 00 5
1005-01-433-1617 12976948 0123 00 1
5365-01-434-0883 12956268 0158 00 2
5315-01-434-3288 12956267 0158 00 7
5315-01-443-7576 12938267 0145 00 12
1010-01-445-6143 12012061 0160 00 3
0169 00 6
5315-01-447-2233 12012064 0162 00 14
5315-01-447-2276 12012067 0162 00 15
5325-01-447-2281 12012071 0162 00 12
1010-01-447-2983 12012065 0162 00 16
0176 00-8
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
0176 00-9
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
NATIONAL WORK
STOCK NUMBER PART NUMBER PACKAGE ITEM
5340-01-516-6463 13001720 0138 00 2
5310-01-516-7541 13001733 0138 00 3
1005-01-516-9182 13001774 0137 00 22
1005-01-516-9183 13001741 0137 00 31
1005-01-516-9184 13001678 0135 00 1
1005-01-516-9185 13001708 0134 00 6
1005-01-516-9186 13001685 0135 00 10
1005-01-517-0203 13001756 0137 00 2
1005-01-517-0205 13001730 0138 00 12
1005-01-517-1749 13001738 0135 00 13
1005-01-517-1750 13001686 0135 00 9
1005-01-517-6143 13001761 0137 00 6
1005-01-519-2128 13008479 0158 00 1
5305-01-521-4552 13001690 0135 00 8
5305-01-521-4553 13001790 0135 00 7
5306-01-521-4554 13001684 0134 00 2
5306-01-521-4557 13001689 0135 00 6
1005-01-521-4558 13001748 0137 00 7
5305-01-521-4559 13001751 0137 00 33
5340-01-521-4560 13001736 0137 00 5
1005-01-521-4561 13001753 0137 00 3
5360-01-521-6073 13001687 0135 00 3
5305-01-521-6074 13001758 0137 00 15
5305-01-521-6075 13001760 0137 00 1
5305-01-521-6076 13001759 0137 00 8
5306-01-521-6077 13001757 0137 00 11
1005-01-521-6078 13001734 0138 00 10
5306-01-521-6079 13001779 0137 00 12
5360-01-521-6080 13001692 0136 00 2
5360-01-521-6081 13001770 0137 00 35
5306-01-521-6082 13001714 0138 00 13
5310-01-521-6083 13001737 0138 00 4
5360-01-521-6084 13001773 0137 00 21
5325-01-521-6085 13001711 0138 00 11
5305-01-521-6086 13001755 0137 00 30
5310-01-521-6089 13001789 0135 00 12
5360-01-521-7880 13001791 0137 00 27
5305-01-521-7881 13001713 0138 00 7
1005-01-521-7882 13001735 0138 00 16
5305-01-521-7893 13001693 0136 00 5
5310-01-523-2318 13001705 0134 00 3
5310-01-523-2322 13001782 0137 00 14
5310-01-523-4870 13001704 0134 00 5
0176 00-10
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0176 00
AND
This work package lists components of the end item and basic issue items for the machine gun to help
you inventory items required for safe and effective operation.
The Components of the End Item (COEI) and Basic Issue Items (BII) lists are divided into the following:
Components of the End Item (COEI): This is for informational purposes only and is not authority to
requisition replacements. These items are part of the end item but are removed and separately packaged
for transportation or shipment. As part of the end item, these items must be with the end item whenever it
is issued or transferred between property accounts. Illustrations are furnished to assist you in identifying
the items.
These are the minimum essential items required to place the machine gun in operation, to operate it, and
to perform emergency repairs. Although shipped separately packaged, BII must be with the machine gun
during operation and whenever it is transferred between property accounts. The illustrations will assist
you with hard to identify items. This manual is your authority to request/ requisition replacement BII,
based on TOE/MTOE authorization of the end item.
EXPLANATION OF COLUMNS. The following provide an explanation of columns found in the tabular
listings:
Column (1) – Illus. Number, gives you the number of the item illustrated.
Column (2) – National Stock Number, the stock number of the item to be used for requisitioning purposes.
Column (3) – Description and Usable On Code, identifies the Federal item name (in capital letters)
followed by a minimum description when needed. The last line below the description is the CAGEC (in
parenthesis) and the part number. If the item you need is not the same for different models of the
equipment, a Usable On Code will appear on the right side of the description column on the same line as
the part number. These codes are identified
Code Used On
AK3 MK64 MOD 5 Machine Gun Mount
AM5 M122 Machine Gun Tripod
AM7 M142 Machine Gun Tripod
AM8 6650 .50 Caliber Machine Gun Mount
AN0 M3 Machine Gun Tripod
AY8 MK93 MOD 1 Machine Gun Mount
BC5 M122A1 Machine Gun Mount
BB8 M197 Machine Gun Mount
BB9 MK64 MOD 9 Machine Gun Mount
BL5 M192 Machine Gun Tripod
BL4 MK93 MOD 2 Machine Gun Mount
Column (4) – U/M, indicates how the item is issued for the National Stock Number shown in column (2).
0177 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0177 00
2NL0224
0177 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0178 00
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists additional items you are authorized for the support of your mount.
General
This list identifies items that do not have to accompany the mount and that do not have to be turned in
with it. These items are authorized to you by CTA, MTOE, TDA, or JTA.
Column (1) – National Stock Number (NSN). Identifies the stock number of the item to be used for
requisitioning purposes.
Column (2) – Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code, and Part Number (CAGEC), and
Part Number (P/N). Identifies the Federal item name (in all Capital letters) followed by a minimum
description when needed. The last line below the description is the CAGEC (in parentheses) and the part
number.
Column (3) – Usable On Code. When applicable, gives you a code if the item you need is not the same
for different models of equipment. These codes are identified below.
Code Used On
AN0 M3 Machine Gun Mount
AM5 M122 Machine Gun Tripod
AM7 M142 Machine Gun Mount
BB8 M197 Machine Gun Mount
BB9 MK64 MOD 9
BC5 M122A1 Machine Gun Tripod
Column (4) – Unit of Issue (U/I). Indicates the physical measurement or count of the item as issued per
the National Stock Number shown in column (1).
0178 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0178 00
0178 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0179 00
INTRODUCTION
Scope
This work package lists expendable and durable items that you will need to operate and maintain your
mount. This list is for information only and is not authority to requisition the listed items. These items are
authorized to you by CTA 50-970, Expendable /Durable Items (Except Medical, Class V Repair Parts, and
heraldic Items), or CTA 8-100, Army Medical Department Expendable/Durable Items.
Column (1) – Item Number. This number is assigned to the entry in the list and is listed in the narrative
instructions to identify the item (e.g., Use brake fluid (item 5, WP 0098 00)).
Column (2) – Level. This column identifies the lowest level of maintenance that requires the listed item.
C – Operator/Crew
O – Unit Maintenance
F – Direct Support Maintenance
Column (3) – National Stock Number (NSN). This is the NSN assigned to the item that you can use to
requisition it.
Column (4) – Item Name, Description, Commercial and Government Entity Code (CAGEC), and Part
Number (P/N). This column identifies the other information you need to identify the item.
Column (5) – Unit of Measure. This code shows the physical measurement or count of an item, such as
gallon, dozen, gross, etc.
O ACETONE
(81348) OC265
1 6810-00-753-4780 1 pint bottle PT
2 C ALCOHOL, DENATURED
6810-00-205-6786 (OMUS3) 27 CRF 20.113 QT
6810-00-543-7415 (OMUS3) 27 CFR 21.35 GL
3 C CLEANER, LUBRICANT AND PRESERVATIVE:
Grade 2 (CLP)
(81349) MIL-PRF-63460
9150-01-054-6453 1 pint bottle PT
9150-01-053-6688 1 gal bottle GL
4 C CLOTH, ABRASIVE, CROCUS
(76381) 051144-02435
5350-00-221-0872 50 sheet package SH
0179 00-1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0179 00
0179 00-2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0179 00
ALPHABETICAL INDEX
A
Additional Authorized List ..................................................................................................... 0178 00
C
Cleaning ................................................................................................................................ 0005 00
Cleaning of Traversing and Elevating Mechanism (M192)................................................... 0027 00
Components of the End Item and Basic Issue Items............................................................ 0177 00
E
Equipment Description and Data for:
6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount........................................................................... 0055 00
M122 Machine Gun Tripod and M122A1 Machine Gun Tripod....................................... 0009 00
M142 Machine Gun Mount .............................................................................................. 0047 00
M192 Machine Gun Tripod .............................................................................................. 0023 00
M197 Machine Gun Mount .............................................................................................. 0064 00
M3 Machine Gun Tripod .................................................................................................. 0034 00
MK64 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 5 and 9) ..................................................................... 0071 00
MK93 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 2 and 3) ..................................................................... 0105 00
Expendable Durable Items List............................................................................................. 0179 00
G
General Information for Mounts ............................................................................................ 0001 00
H
How to Use this Manual ........................................................................................................ xi
I
Index (Alphabetical) .............................................................................................................. 0180 00
Index (National Stock Number)............................................................................................. 0176 00
Index (Part Number) ............................................................................................................. 0175 00
L
Lubrication ............................................................................................................................ 0004 00
M
Maintenance Allocation Chart for Gun Mounts ..................................................................... 0121 00
Maintenance, Direct Support for:
Index - 1
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0180 00
M (cont)
Maintenance, Direct Support for (cont):
Index - 2
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0180 00
O
Operating and Installation Instructions for:
MK64 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 5 and 9) ..................................................................... 0075 00
MK93 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 2 and 3) ..................................................................... 0109 00
Operator Instructions for:
6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount........................................................................... 0059 00
M122 Machine Gun Tripod and M122A1 Machine Gun Tripod....................................... 0013 00
M142 Machine Gun Mount .............................................................................................. 0051 00
M192 Machine Gun Tripod .............................................................................................. 0028 00
M197 Machine Gun Mount .............................................................................................. 0068 00
M3 Machine Gun Tripod .................................................................................................. 0038 00
P
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services, Operator .................................................... 0007 00
Preventive Maintenance Checks and Services for:
6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount........................................................................... 0058 00
M122 Machine Gun Tripod and M122A1 Machine Gun Tripod....................................... 0012 00
M142 Machine Gun Mount .............................................................................................. 0050 00
M192 Machine Gun Tripod .............................................................................................. 0026 00
M197 Machine Gun Mount .............................................................................................. 0067 00
M3 Machine Gun Tripod .................................................................................................. 0037 00
MK64 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 5 and 9) ..................................................................... 0074 00
MK93 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 2 and 3) ..................................................................... 0108 00
Index - 3
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0180 00
R
References ............................................................................................................................0120 00
BULK Materiel..................................................................................................................0173 00
Index - 4
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0180 00
S
Service Upon Receipt ........................................................................................................... 0008 00
Index - 5
TM 9-1005-245-13&P 0180 00
T
Theory of Operation ..............................................................................................................0010 00
Theory of Operation for:
6650, .50 Caliber, Machine Gun Mount ...........................................................................0056 00
M122 Machine Gun Tripod and M122A1 Machine Gun Tripod .......................................0010 00
M142 Machine Gun Mount...............................................................................................0048 00
M192 Machine Gun Tripod...............................................................................................0024 00
M197 Machine Gun Mount...............................................................................................0065 00
M3 Machine Gun Tripod...................................................................................................0035 00
MK64 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 5 and 9) .....................................................................0072 00
MK93 Machine Gun Mount (MOD 2 and 3) .....................................................................0106 00
U
Usual Conditions, Operation Under ......................................................................................0002 00
Unusual Conditions, Operation Under ..................................................................................0003 00
W
Warning Summary.................................................................................................................a
Index - 6
TM 9-1005-245-13&P
PETER J. SCHOOMAKER
General, United States Army
Official: Chief of Staff
SANDRA R. RILEY
Administrative Assistant to the
Secretary of the Army
0504002
GREGORY S. MARTIN
General, United States Air Force
Commander, Air Force Materiel
Command
JOHN P. JUMPER
General, United Sates Air Force
Chief of Staff
M.J. MULLIGAN
Lt. Col. U.S. Marine Corps
Director Infantry Weapons
Marine Corps Systems Command